Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
Monier-Williams Search
Results for him
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
himind. an exclamation (interchangeable with h/iṅ-, q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
him(only in instrumental case him/ā-), col d, frost, hoar-frost, snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himam. cold, frost etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himam. the cold season, winter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himam. the sandal tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himam. the moon (see hima-kara-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himam. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāf. (only with śat/a-) the cold season, winter (also ="a year"; see varṣ/a-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāf. (him/ā-), night View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāf. (himā-,only ), cardamoms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāf. Cyperus Rotundus and another species View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāf. Trigonella Corniculata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāf. a particular drug (equals reṇukā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāf. Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himan. frost, hoar-frost, snow (rarely"ice"), etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himan. sandal-wood (of cooling properties) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himan. the wood of Cerasus Puddum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himan. tin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himan. a pearl View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himan. fresh butter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himan. a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himan. Name of a varṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himamf(ā-)n. cold, cool [ confer, compare Zend zima; Greek () ;,; Latin bi1musforbihimus;hiems; Slavonic or Slavonian zimaLit. $ ] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himabālukaSee -vāluka-, -. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himabālukāSee -vāluka-, -. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himābhamfn. resembling cold, like snow or frost View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himabhānum. "having cool lustre", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himabhāsm. id. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himābhram. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himabhūbhṛtm. "snow. moon", the himālaya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himābjan. a blue lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himācalam. "snow-mountain", the himālaya- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himācalendram. idem or 'm. "snow-mountain", the himālaya- etc.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himadhāmanm. "cold-rayed", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himadharamfn. bearing snow (on its head, and of the himālaya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himadharam. the himālaya- moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himadhātum. "having cold minerals" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himadhvastamfn. withered by cold, frost-bitten, frost-nipped (as a lotus etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himadīdhiti( ) m. "having cool rays", the moon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himādrim. the himālaya- mountain etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himādrijāf. "daughter of himālaya-", pārvatī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himādrijāf. the Ganges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himādrijāf. a kind of plant (equals kṣīriṇī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himādritanayāf. "daughter of himālaya-", parvatī- ( himādritanayapati -pati- m."husband of parvatī-", śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himādritanayāf. the Ganges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himādritanayapatim. himādritanayā
himādrīyaNom. represent the himālaya- (yita- n. impersonal or used impersonally) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himadruhm. "dew-dispeller", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himadrumam. Melia Bukayun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himadugdhāf. a kind of plant (equals kṣīriṇi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himadurdinan. a snowy day, cold and bad weather View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himadyutim. "having cool radiance", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāgam. "snow-mountain", the himālaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāgamam. approach of cold, beginning of winter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himagarbhamfn. laden with snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himagauramfn. white as snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaghnamfn. keeping off snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himagirim. the himālaya- mountain etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himagirisutāf. patronymic of pārvati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himagirisutākāntam. "loved by pārvati-", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himagṛha n. a room furnished with cooling appliances View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himagṛhakan. a room furnished with cooling appliances View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himagum. "cold-rayed", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himahānakṛtm. "causing cessation of cold", fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himahāsakam. Phoenix Paludosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāhatif. fall of snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāhvam. "called after ice", camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāhvan. Name of a varṣa- in jambu-dvīpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāhvayam. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāhvayan. equals prec. n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāhvayan. a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himajamfn. produced by cold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himajamfn. born or produced in the himālaya- mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himajam. the mountain maināka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himajāf. a kind of plant equals kṣiriṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himajam. the plant called Zedoary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himajam. sugar prepared from yava-nāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himajam. Name of parvati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himajam. of śacī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himajhaṇṭif. cold dew, hoar-frost, mist, fog (cf. ku-jjihaṭi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himajhaṭi f. cold dew, hoar-frost, mist, fog (cf. ku-jjihaṭi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himajvaram. fever with cold paroxysms, ague View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himajyotismfn. cold-rayed (as the moon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himakam. Flacourtia Sapida View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himakam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himakaṇinmfn. mixed with snow-flakes (as wind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himakaramfn. causing or producing cold, cold
himakaram. the moon etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himakaram. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himakaratanayam. "son of the Moon", Name of the planet Mercury View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himakhaṇḍan. a hail-stone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himakiraṇam. "cold-rayed", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himakṣmādharam. snowy mountain, himālaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himakuhāyam. a particular cool drink View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himakūṭan. a snowy summit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himakūṭam. the winter season View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himālam. the himālaya- mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himālayam. "abode of snow", the himālaya- range of mountains (bounding India on the north and containing the highest elevations in the world;in mythology personified as husband of menā- or menakā- [by whom he had a son maināka-] and father of pārvatī-,"daughter of the Mountain", and of gaṅgā-, who, as the personified Ganges, is generally regarded as his eldest daughter) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himālayam. the white khadira- tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himālayāf. Flacourtia Cataphracta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himālayaNom. P. yati-, to resemble the himālaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himālayāsutāf. "daughter of himālaya-", pārvati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himamayūkham. "cool-rayed", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāmbhan. cold water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāmbhan. dew View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāmbun. cold water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāmbun. dew View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himamitram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāṃśum. "cool-rayed", the moon, -. etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāṃśum. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāṃśumālinm. "encircled by cold rays", the moon
himāṃśvabhikhyan. "called after the moon", silver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himānaddhamfn. frost-bound, frozen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himānīf. See under hima-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himānīf. a mass or collection of snow etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himānīf. equals hima-śarkarā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himānilam. a cold or frosty wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himanirjharavipruṣmatmfn. mixed with or having drops of icy cold water-falls View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himanirmuktamfn. freed from frost View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himānīviśadamfn. white as a snow-drift View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāntam. end of the cold season View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāpaham. "removing cold", fire, agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himapātam. fall of snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaprastham. "having snowy table-land", the himālaya- mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himarājam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaraśmim. "cool-rayed", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaraśmijam. patronymic of the planet Mercury View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himārātim. "enemy of cold"fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himārātim. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himārātim. a kind of Plant (equals citraka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himārātim. another plant (equals arka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himārditamfn. pinched or pained by cold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himārim. "enemy of cold", fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāriśatrum. "enemy of fire", water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himārtamfn. pinched with cold, suffering from cold, chilled, frozen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaṛtum. the winter season View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himartum. equals -ṛtu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himarucim. equals -raśmi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāruṇamfn. grey with frost View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaśailam. "snow-mountain", the himālaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaśailajamfn. produced on the himālaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaśailajāf. "daughter of himālaya-", Name of pārvatī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaśailasutāf. idem or 'f. "daughter of himālaya-", Name of pārvatī- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himasaṃghātam. idem or '(wrong reading for)' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himasaṃhatif. a mass of ice or snow, deep snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himasaṃkhāta(wrong reading for) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himasarasn. cold water, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaśarkarāf. a kind of sugar produced from yavanāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himasikharinm. "snow-mountain", the himālaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himasītalamfn. very cold or frosty, freezing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaśranthanan. melting of snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaśratham. the loosening or melting of snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaśratham. "shedding cold", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaśrathana n. melting of snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāśrayāf. Hoya Viridiflora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himasrutm. "distilling cold", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himasrutif. a snow-shower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaśubhramfn. white as snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaśucibhasmabhūṣitamfn. adorned with ashes white as snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himatailam. camphor oil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himatalaName of a kingdom (more correctly hema-tāla-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himatviṣ() ( ) m. "having cool rays", the moon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himātyayam. passing off or end of the cold season View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavacchirasn. (for -śiras-) the summit of the himālaya- (conjectural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavadgirim. a snowy mountain ( himavadgirisaṃśraya -saṃśraya- m."taking refuge in the himālaya-", Name of śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavadgirisaṃśrayam. himavadgiri
himavalan. a pearl (varia lectio hem-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavālukam. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavālukāf. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavanmāhāśmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavanmekhalāf. the himālaya- chain of mountains View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavārin. cold water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavatmfn. having frost or snow, snowy, frosty, icy, snow-clad View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavatmfn. exposing one's self to coldness or enduring it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavatm. a snowy mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavatm. the himālaya-, , ; kailāsa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavata(m.), (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals -vat- gaRa śarat-prabhṛti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavatīf. Hoya Viridiflora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāvatīf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavatkhaṇḍan. Name of a book of the skanda-purāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavatkukṣim. a valley of the himālaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavatprabhavamfn. springing from or belonging to the himālaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavatpuran. the town on the himālaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavatsutam. "son of the himālaya-", the mountain maināka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavatsutāf. the Ganges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavatsutāf. pārvati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaviddhamfn. penetrated with frost (as the west wind in the cold season) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāvilamf(ā-)n. covered with snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himavṛṣṭif. fall of snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāyaNom. A1. yate-, to resemble snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himayuktam. a kind of camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himelumfn. chilly, suffering from cold Va1rtt. 8. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himerumfn. (prob.) equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himikāf. hoar-frost View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himikāf. See himaka- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himīkṛP. -karoti-, to change into snow or ice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himitamfn. changed into snow or ice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himmakam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himnam. the planet Mercury (equals hemna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himnam. equals hemna-, the plant Mercury View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himnāṅkam. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himodaka (?) m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himodaki(?) m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himodbhavāf. "cold-produced", Curcuma Zedoaria View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himodbhavāf. another plant (equals kṣīriṇī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himopacāram. application of cooling remedies or refrigerants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himosram. "cool-rayed", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himotpannamfn. produced by cold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himotpannāf. equals hima-śarkarā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himottarāf. a kind of grape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himottarīyamfn. having snow for an over-garment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himpativasmanor himmativarman- m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himyamfn. snowy, covered with snow vArttika , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himind. by cold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abdhimaṇḍūkīf. the pearl oyster. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abdhimathanan. Name (also title or epithet) of a work in Apabhran6s3a View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimāto measure upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimāf. measure (with regard to the breadth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimad(p. -m/ādyat-) to be inebriated (see abhi--1. mand-below.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimādam. intoxication, inebriety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimādaSee abhi-mad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimādyatkamfn. partially intoxicated, half-drunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiman -manyate- (subjunctive -manyāte- ) to think of, long for, desire etc. ; (Aorist subjunctive 2. sg. -maṃsthāḥ-,3. sg. -maṃsta-, Vedic or Veda infinitive mood abh/i-mantoḥ- ) to intend to injure, be insidious, threaten, injure etc. ; to kill (Aorist -amaṃsta-) ; to allow, agree ; to think of self, be proud of ; to think, suppose, imagine, take for (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimānam. intention to injure, insidiousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimānam. high opinion of one's self, self-conceit, pride, haughtiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimānam. (in sāṃkhya- philosophy) equals abhi-mati-, above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimānam. conception (especially an erroneous one regarding one's self) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimānam. affection, desire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimānam. Name of a ṛṣi- in the sixth manvantara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimānaSee abhi-man-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimanasmfn. "having the mind directed towards", desirous of, longing for (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimānaśālinmfn. proud, arrogant
abhimānaśūnyamfn. void of conceit, humble. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimanasyaNom. A1. (Opt. -manasy/eta-) "to have the mind directed towards", be pleased with, like View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimānatāf. pride, arrogance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimānavatmfn. conceiving or having ideas about self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimānavatmfn. proud, arrogant. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimanāyaNom. A1. (Opt. -manāyeta-) to long for, desire (see gaRa bhṛśādi-): Desiderative -mimānayiṣate- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimanāyaNom. (also) to recover consciousness or calmness, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimandP. (3. plural Aorist -/amandiṣuḥ-) to gladden ; A1. (2. sg. -mandase-) to be pleased with, enjoy (with locative case) (see abhi-mad-above.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimaṅgalamfn. auspicious, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhimānikamfn. (in sāṃkhya- philosophy) belonging to abhi-māna- or self-conceit.
abhimāninmfn. thinking of one's self, proud, self-conceited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimāninmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') imagining one's self to be or to possess, laying claim to, arrogating to one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimāninm. Name of an agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimānitan. copulation, sexual intercourse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimānitāf. the state of self-conceitedness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimānitvan. the state of self-conceitedness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimantavyamfn. to be considered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimantavyamfn. to be desired. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimanthto churn or rub (for eliciting fire) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimantham. (ophthalmia) equals adhimantha- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimanthanan. the upper piece of wood (araṇi-) which is churned in the lower one (for kindling the fire) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimantosVed. infinitive mood See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order abhi-man-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimantṛm. one who refers all objects to self (Name of īśvara-, together with ahaṃkāra-; see abhi-mati-above ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimantṛm. one who injures or threatens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimantrA1. to address or consecrate with a mantra- (accusative and instrumental case;or rarely dative case and accusative [ ]) ; to address with any formula (as when inviting a guest[ ],etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimantraṇan. making anything sacred by a special formula (called abhi-mantraṇamantra-), consecrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimantraṇan. addressing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimantritamfn. consecrated by a certain formula. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimānukamfn. insidious (with accusative) (see /an-abhimānuka-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhimanyavam. a descendant of abhi-manyu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimanyum. Name of a son of manu- cākṣuṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimanyum. of a son of arjuna- (by subhadrā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimanyum. of two kings of kāśmīra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimanyupuran. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimanyusvāminm. Name of a temple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimaraSee abhi-mṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimaram. killing, slaughter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimaram. combat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimaram. treachery, mutiny View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimaram. binding in fetters View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimardaSee abhi-mṛd-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimardam. devastation (of a country etc. by an enemy) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimardam. battle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimardam. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimardanamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') oppressing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimardanan. oppression. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimardinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') oppressing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimardinmfn. one who devastates. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimārgaṇāf. tracking, searching out, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimarśam. (or less correctly abhi-marṣa- ) touching, contact etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimarśamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimarśāf. grasping, seizing (as by the hair) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimarśam. consideration, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimarśaka(or less correctly abhi-marṣaka- ) mfn. touching, coming in contact with. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimarśanaSee abhi-mṛś-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimarśanan. (or less correctly abhi-marṣaṇa- ) touching, contact etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimarśanamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals abhi-marśaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimarśinmfn. = śaka-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimārutamind. against the wind. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimatamfn. longed for, wished, desired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimatamfn. loved, dear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimatamfn. allowed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimatamfn. supposed, imagined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimatan. desire, wish. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimatatāf. agreeableness, desirableness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimatatāf. desire, love. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimatif. self reference, referring all objects to self (as the act of ahaṃkāra- or personality) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimātimfn. insidious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimātif. striving to injure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimātif. an enemy, foe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimātiSee abhi-man-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimātihanmfn. striking or destroying one's enemies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimātijitmfn. subduing the enemies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimātinmfn. insidious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimātiṣāh([ ]) ([ ]) mfn. conquering enemies. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimātiṣāha([ ]) mfn. conquering enemies. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimātiṣāhya(7) n. conquering enemies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimāyamfn. (fr. māyā-), perplexed, confused View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimethanan. insulting or injurious speech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimethikāf. idem or 'n. insulting or injurious speech ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimih(pr. p. genitive case sg. m. -mehatas-) to wet (by urining upon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimihyamfn. to be wetted (by urining upon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimithto address with insulting speech, insult View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimlātaSee an-abhimlāta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimA1. (imperfect tense -amriyata-) to touch or defile while dying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimrakṣSee abhi-mṛkṣ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimṛḍ(Ved. Imper. 2. sg. -mṛḷ/ā-) to protect graciously from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimṛdto oppress, to devastate, destroy etc. ; (in astronomy) to be in opposition to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimṛj(ind.p. -mṛjya-) to wipe, cleanse : Causal (imperfect tense -amārjayat-) idem or '(imperfect tense A1.3. sg. -amṛkṣata-) to smear, anoint : Causal (imperfect tense 1. sg. -amṛkṣayam-) idem or 'mfn. afflicted or rendered impure by the death of (instrumental case), defiled ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimṛkṣ(imperfect tense A1.3. sg. -amṛkṣata-) to smear, anoint : Causal (imperfect tense 1. sg. -amṛkṣayam-) idem or 'mfn. afflicted or rendered impure by the death of (instrumental case), defiled ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimṛśP. (1. plural -mṛśāmasi-; Vedic or Veda infinitive mood -m/ṛśe- ) to touch, come in contact with etc.: A1. -mṛśate- idem or 'mfn. one who devastates.' : Causal to cause to touch, : Intensive (parasmE-pada -marmṛśat-) "to intend to bring in contact with one's self", to long for (accusative) ; () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimṛṣṭamfn. touched View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimṛṣṭamfn. struck (as by a weapon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimṛṣṭajamfn. "born from (women) touched (by others)", illegitimate(?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimṛṣṭajamfn. summoned, invited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimṛtamfn. afflicted or rendered impure by the death of (instrumental case), defiled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimucP. -muñcati-, to let go, let loose : A1. to throw or shoot (as arrows)
abhimuhto lose consciousness, faint away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukhamf(ī-,rarely ā-)n. with the face directed towards, turned towards, facing (with accusative dative case genitive case;or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukhamf(ī-,rarely ā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') going near, approaching (as yauvanābhimukhī-,"approaching puberty, marriageable" ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukhamf(ī-,rarely ā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') disposed to, intending to, ready for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukhamf(ī-,rarely ā-)n. taking one's part, friendly disposed (with genitive case or instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukhamind. towards (often used in a hostile manner ), in the direction of, in front or presence of, near to (accusative genitive case;or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukhatāf. presence, proximity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukhayaNom. P. yati-, to face View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukhayaNom. (also) to conciliate(?), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukheind. in front or presence of (genitive case;or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukhīf. one of the ten bhūmi-s to be passed by a bodhisattva-, before becoming a buddha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukhī(for abhimukha-in compound with1. kṛ-and bhū-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukhībhūtamfn. being in presence of or facing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukhībhūtamfn. (said of the fate) being favourable to. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukhīkaraṇan. turning the face towards, addressing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimukhīkṛto turn the face towards, address ; to cause to turn the face forward, push forward View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhimukhyan. (fr. abhi-mukha-), direction towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhimukhyan. being in front of or face to face, presence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhimukhyan. wish or desire directed towards anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhimukhyan. the state of being about to do anything. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhimukhyakaraṇan. addressing a person, on . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimuniind. before the eyes of the muni-, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimūrchitamfn. augmented, intensified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimūrchitamfn. excited, stirred up (as by passions) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhimatmfn. unwise, foolish.
adhimakhamind. in regard to a sacrifice, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimāṃsa m. proud flesh or cancer (especially in the eyes or the back part of the gums). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimāṃsakam. proud flesh or cancer (especially in the eyes or the back part of the gums). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimāṃsārmann. ophthalmic disease produced by proud flesh or cancer. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimanto esteem highly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimanthaor adhī-mantha- m. "great irritation of the eyes", severe ophthalmia. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimanthanan. friction for producing fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimanthanamfn. suitable for such friction (as wood) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimanthitamfn. suffering from ophthalmia. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhimanyum. plural (fr. adhimanyu-), febrile heat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimāsam. an additional or intercalary month. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimātramfn. above measure, excessive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimātrakāruṇikam. "exceedingly merciful", Name of a mahā-brāhmaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimātramind. on the subject of prosody. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimitran. an occasional friend, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimitratā(f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhimlānamf(ā-)n. withered with anxiety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhimlānamf(ā-)n. (for 1. ā-dhi-See ā-dhā-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimokṣam. = adhi-- mukti-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimuhyam. Name of śākyamuni- in one of his thirty-four former births. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimuktamfn. ( muc-), inclined, propense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimuktamfn. confident View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimuktamfn. also"intent on", View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimuktam. a particular samādhi-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimuktif. propensity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimuktif. confidence. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimuktikam. Name of mahā-kāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahammamābhimānam. idem or 'f. idem or 'mfn. egoistic, arrogant, ' ' commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimamf(ā-)n. without cold, not cold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimadīdhitim. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. "having hot rays", the sun ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimakaram. "having hot rays", the sun
ahimakiraṇam. idem or 'm. "having hot rays", the sun ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimamayūkham. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. "having hot rays", the sun ' ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimāṃśum. idem or 'm. "hot-rayed", the sun, ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimanyu(/ahi--) mfn. enraged like serpents (Name of the marut-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimāra m. (equals asi-meda- q.v) the plant Vachellia Farnesiana View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimārakam. (equals asi-meda- q.v) the plant Vachellia Farnesiana View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimaraśmim. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. "having hot rays", the sun ' ' ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimardanīf. "killing snakes", the ichneumon plant
ahimarocism. "hot-rayed", the sun, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimarucim. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. "having hot rays", the sun ' ' ' ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimatmfn. "possessed of snakes", the base of āhimata- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhimatamfn. (fr ahi-mat-), belonging to (a country) abounding in snakes commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimatviṣm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. "having hot rays", the sun ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimāya(/ahi--) mfn. multiform or versatile like a snake, showing the same variety of colour and shape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimeda m. idem or 'm. (equals asi-meda- q.v) the plant Vachellia Farnesiana ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahimedakam. idem or ' m. idem or 'm. (equals asi-meda- q.v) the plant Vachellia Farnesiana ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aluptamahimanmfn. of undiminished glory. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anabhimānukamfn. not having evil intentions against (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anabhimatamfn. not to one's mind, disliked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānabhimlānam. a descendant of an-abhimlāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anabhimlānam. "non-fading", Name of the chief of a gotra-, (gaRa śivādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānabhimlātam. a descendant of an-abhimlāta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anabhimlātamfn. unfaded. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anabhimlātavarṇa(/anabhimlāta--) mfn. of unfaded colour or brightness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asthimālāf. "necklace of bones", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asthimālinm. "having a necklace of bones id est of skulls ", śiva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asthimatmfn. having bones, vertebrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asthimayamf(ī-)n. bony, consisting of bones, full of bones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atihimamind. after the frost View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atihimamind. past the cold. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātmābhimānitāf. self-respect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātmābhimarśanan. rubbing one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhimatmfn. limited, bounded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahulābhimānamfn. much-threatening, menacing (said of indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baṃhimanm. muchness, abundance, multitude View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaspatyamahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadrāmahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhimaṇḍam. or n. (?) seat of wisdom (Name of the seats which were said to have risen out of the earth under 4 successive trees where gautama- buddha- attained to perfect wisdom) (see next) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhimaṇḍalan. Name of the place where gautama- buddha- attained to perfect wisdom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brāhmaṇamahimādarśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhacchim(hac-+ śi-) f. a kind of cucumber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimatmfn. endowed with understanding, intelligent, learned, wise etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimatmfn. humble, docile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimatmfn. famed, known (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimatm. a rational being, man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimatm. the large shrike View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimatikāf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimattāf. () intelligence, wisdom. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimattaramfn. more or very intelligent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimattvan. () intelligence, wisdom. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimayamf(ī-)n. consisting in intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimoham. confusion of mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cidasthimālāf. Name of a commentator or commentary on a grammatical work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhimaṇḍam. whey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhimaṇḍodamfn. having whey as liquid (an ocean) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhimaṇḍodakamfn. idem or 'mfn. having whey as liquid (an ocean) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhimantham. a beverage obtained by churning d/adhi- (plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhimanthanan. the churning of d/adhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhimukham. "milk-faced", a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhimukham. Name of a nāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhimukham. of a yakṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhimukham. of a monkey (brother-in-law of su-grīva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhimukham. (-pūrvam-) (metrically dhī-.) 7, 32 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhimukham. (also dhi-vaktra-, ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇābhimukhamf(ā-)n. having the face turned southwards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇābhimukhamf(ā-)n. flowing southwards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇābhimukhasthitamfn. standing with the face southwards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇāparābhimukhamfn. turned to the south-west View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattamahimanm. another work ascribed to him. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devābhimukham. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devīmahimanm. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmābhimanasmfn. directing the mind to virtue or religion, virtuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmābhimukham. "turned to virtue", Name of a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmābhimukhāf. Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draḍhimanm. firm place, stronghold against persecutors Scholiast or Commentator on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draḍhimanm. firmness, resolution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draḍhimanm. affirmation, assertion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drāghimanm. length View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drāghimanm. a degree of longitude View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drāghimavatmfn. long, lengthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durabhimāninmfn. disagreeably or intolerably proud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durvāsasomahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvārābhimāninmfn. assuming the character of (sacrificial) doors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvāramahimvarṇanan. Name of chapter 127 of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ehimāyamfn. () erroneous for /ahi-māya- ([ ]),of all-pervading intelligence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ehimāyamfn. ([ hi mā yāsīr!' iti yad avocan&iencoding=iast&lang=sans'>yad vā saucīkam agnim apsu praviṣṭam 'ehi mā yāsīr!' iti yad avocan-, tadanukaraṇahetuko 'yaṃ viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ vyapadeśa ehimāyāsa iti- ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
granthimatmfn. tied, bound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
granthimatm. "knotty", Heliotropium indicum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
granthimatphalam. "bulb-fruited", Artocarpus Lacucha View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
granthimocakam. equals -cchedaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
granthimūlan. "bulb-rooted", garlic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
granthimūlāf. equals -dūrvā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harimahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hatādhimanthamfn. free from disease of the eye or from loss of sight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hatahimamfn. one who has destroyed frost (according to to others m."hard frost") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṣudhimatmfn. possessed of a quiver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṭhimikāf. Name of a section of the kāṭhaka- recension of the yajur-veda-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jhiñjhimam. a forest on fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kācchimamfn. (equals accha-) clear (as water) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālamahimanm. the power of time. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikamahimanm. "the greatness of kārttika-", Name of a treatise on the festivals of that month. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khikkhiminmfn. speaking indistinctly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khimiḍīf. Name of a district in the Central Provinces View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣīrābdhimandiramfn. dwelling in the ocean of milk, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣīrābdhimānuṣīf. idem or 'mfn. dwelling in the ocean of milk, ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulābhimānan. family pride. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulābhimāninmfn. proud of birth or of family descent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhimadam. the juice that exudes from an elephant's temples at certain seasons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lachimāf. Name of a woman (equals lakṣmī- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghimanm. lightness, levity, absence of weight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghimanm. a kind of siddhi- or supernatural faculty of assuming excessive lightness at will (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghimanm. lowness, meanness (of spirit) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghimanm. thoughtlessness, frivolity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghimanm. slight, disrespect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīdvādaśanāmamahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīdvādaśanāmamahimastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laṅghiman varia lectio for laṅgiman- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābhimāna(bh-) m. great self-conceit, great pride, arrogance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāhimavatm. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāmahimanm. excessive greatness, true greatness ( mahāmahimaśālin hima-śālin- mfn.possessing true great) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāmahimanmfn. extremely great, truly great ( mahāmahimatva hima-tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāmahimaśālinmfn. mahāmahiman
mahāmahimatvan. mahāmahiman
maharddhimatmfn. maharddhi
mahāvrīhimayamfn. consisting of large rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimain compound for mahiman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimāf. equals mahim/an-, greatness etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimabhaṭṭa m. Name of two authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimagha(m/ahi--) mfn. rich in oblations or treasures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimanm. greatness, might, power, majesty, glory etc. ( mahimnā himn/ā- ind.or mahinā hin/ā- ind.mightily, forcibly ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimanm. the magical power of increasing size at will (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimanm. magnitude (as one of śiva-'s attributes; mnaḥ stava- m. stuti- f. stotra- n.Name of hymns; see mahimastava-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimanm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimanm. a Name of mammaṭa- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimanm. dual number Name of two graha-s at the aśva-medha- sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimasiṃhagaṇim. Name of two authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimastavam. Name of a hymn (see under mahinm/an-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimasundaram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimatmfn. much, abundant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimatm. marriage-fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimātaraṃgam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimataraṃgaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimatimfn. (only in vocative case mahe-mate-) high-minded (said of indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimāvatm. (scilicet gaṇa-) a class of deceased ancestors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimnam. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimind. mahiman
mahimnāram. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahimodayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maitryābhimukham. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇikarṇikāmahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maraṇābhimukhamfn. on the point of death, moribund View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mathurāmahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithyābhimāna(mithyābh-) equals -pratratyaya-, sāṃkhya-s. Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛdumadhyādhimātramfn. moderate, middling and (or?) excessive ( mṛdumadhyādhimātratva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛdumadhyādhimātratvan. mṛdumadhyādhimātra
mṛganābhimayamf(ī-)n. made of musk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mugdhimanm. ignorance, simplicity, artlessness (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūrkhimanm. dulness, stupidity, folly gaRa dṛḍhādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nābhimānam. absence of pride, modesty, humbleness (varia lectio an-abh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nābhimātramf(-)n. equals -daghna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nābhimūlan. the part of the body immediately under the navel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nahimātram. or n. a particular high number (varia lectio mantra-) (see na-māsra-under 2. n/a-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nānāmantraughasiddhimatmfn. having plenty of various magic. formulas View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nepathyābhimukhamind. towards the tiring-room View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidhimatmfn. containing treasure or forming a store, abundant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidhimayamf(ī-)n. consisting of treasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nimnābhimukhamfn. (water) tending id est flowing downwards (see -pravaṇa-above) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirabhimānamfn. free from pride View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirhiman. (or nirhimam am- ind.) cessation of winter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirhimamind. nirhima
nirvedhimamfn. (with karṇa-) a particular deformity of the ear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nrasthimālinmfn. wearing a garland of human bones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nrasthimālinm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛsiṃhamahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paddhima(for -hima-) n. coldness of the feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcabhūryābhimukhā(!) f. Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcasaṃskāramahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paradārābhimarśam. approaching or touching or courting another's wife or wives, adultery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paraśivamahimastotran. Name of a stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivraḍhimanm. (gaRa dṛḍhādi-) ability, capability (a-pariv-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivraḍhiman ḍhiṣṭha- etc. See pari-bṛṃh-, p.598. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthasārathimiśram. Name of an author or several authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paścimābhimukhamfn. directed towards the west View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paśudhānyadhanarddhimat(r-for -) mfn. rich in cattle and corn and money View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathimadhyeind. in the middle of the road View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathimatmfn. containing the word pathin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrahiman. cold, wintry or snowy weather View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pauṣṭhimeram. patron. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhimaṇḍalan. the circumference of (the felly of) a wheel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradoṣamahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahimamfn. having severe winters (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapātābhimukhamf(ī-)n. inclined to precipitate one's self from a rock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasiddhimatmfn. universally known, famous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathimanm. extension, width, greatness etc. (instrumental case prathin/ā- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathiminmfn. having size or magnitude View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathiminīf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyabhimarśam. () stroking or rubbing over, rubbing, touching. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyabhimethanan. a scornful reply View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyabhimithP. -methati-, to answer scornfully or abusively View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyabhimṛśP. -mṛśati-, to stroke or rub over, touch, lay hold of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyabhimṛśanan. () stroking or rubbing over, rubbing, touching. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyabhimṛṣṭamfn. touched (a-praty-abh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prauḍhimanm. the state of full growth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthagabhimatimfn. regarding the world as separate (from God) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purāṇamahimopavarṇanan. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purāṇaśravaṇamahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruṣāsthimālinm. "wearing a necklace of human skulls", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvābhimukhamf(ā-)n. turned or flowing towards the east (as rivers) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājānakamahimācāryam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktādhimantham. inflammation of the eyes, ophthalmia with discharge of blood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmamahimanm. the greatness or glory of rāma-s (mnaḥ stotra- n.Name of a stotra-) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmāyaṇamahimādarśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛddhimatmfn. being in a prosperous state, prosperous, wealthy etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛddhimatmfn. bringing or bestowing prosperity or wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rohimāṃsan. the flesh of the deer called rohi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ruddhataṭābhimukhyamfn. obstructed (in its motion) towards the shore (said of the sea) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudrahimālayam. Name of a peak of the himālaya- mountains View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudrapādamahimamm. (prob. wrong reading for -pāṭha-m-) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sābhimānamf(ā-)n. having pride, haughty, proud of (locative case; sābhimānam am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sābhimānamf(ā-)n. causing pride or self-satisfaction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sābhimānamf(ā-)n. self-interested, egoistical (as an action), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sābhimānamind. sābhimāna
sadasthimālāf. Name of commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhimanm. (fr. sādhu-) goodness, perfection, excellence gaRa pṛthv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhimānamfn. with the surplus or excess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahimamfn. having ice or snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahimamfn. cold (as wind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāhimakarandam. Name of a king and author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samādhimatmfn. absorbed in meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samādhimatmfn. attentive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samādhimatmfn. making a promise or assent or permission View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samādhimatikāf. Name of a woman (varia lectio for samāhitikā-in Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhimatmfn. containing a concurrence of two days or day periods or life periods (vayaḥsaṃdhi-matī- equals aprasūta-taruṇī- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhimatmfn. being or existing in peace (said of viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhimatmfn. having an alliance, allied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhimatm. Name of two ministers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhimatim. Name of a minister View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhimuktamfn. "joint-loosened", dislocated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhimuktan. dislocation of a joint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhimuktif. dislocation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāvidhimantrasamūhaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhārabuddhimatmfn. intending to destroy the world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampūrṇapuṇyamahimanmfn. one whose greatness is acquired by abundant meritorious acts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samṛddhimatmfn. perfectly succeeding or successful or fortunate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samṛddhimatmfn. richly furnished with (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvyūhimamfn. (prob.) distributing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaraddhimaruci(for -him-) m. the autumnal moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatahima(śat/a--) mf(ā-)n. lasting for or living for a hundred winters or years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śataṃhima(śat/a-) mfn. equals sat/a-hima- (manuscripts) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭsthalamahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śavāsthimālikamfn. wearing a garland of bones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhimantram. a magical verse or formula, spell, charm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhimanvantaran. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhimārgam. the road leading to the land of the Blest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhimatmfn. successful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhimatmfn. accomplished, perfect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhimatmfn. possessing magical power View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikhimaṇḍalam. Crataeva Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikhimodāf. a kind of plant (equals aja-m-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikhimūlaSee śikhā-m-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivābhimarśanamfn. one whose touch is auspicious or beneficial View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivamahimanm. śiva-'s majesty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivamahimaprakhyāpanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivamahimavyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivamahimnaḥstavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivamahimnaḥstotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivapūjāmahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivasthalamahimavarṇanan. Name of works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhābhimarśanan. touching in the way prescribed at the śrāddha- ceremony, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sṛgālāsthimayamf(ī-)n. made of the bones of a jackal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīmahimanm. the majesty of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīmahimnaḥstavam. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgāgrapraharaṇābhimukhamfn. ready to strike with the points of the horns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthānāntarābhimukhamf(ī-)n. facing another place, turned away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlabuddhimatmfn. idem or 'mfn. dull-witted, stupid ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhimatmfn. very intelligent or wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhimiśram. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhimiśramaheśvaram. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhimakarandam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhimatmfn. equals -bhṛt- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhimatmfn. innocent, acquitted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhimayūkham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sugandhimūlan. a radish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sugandhimūlan. the root of uśīra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sugandhimūlāf. Curcuma Zedoaria View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sugandhimūlāf. equals rāsnā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sugandhimūṣikāf. the musk rat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sugandhimustakan. a sort of Cyperus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sugandhimūtrapatanam. a civet cat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukamahimnaḥstavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surabhimārutan. "having fragrant winds"Name of a forest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surabhimāsam. "fragrant month", spring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surabhimatmfn. provided with perfumes, fragrant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surabhimatmfn. containing the word surabhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surabhimatm. Name of agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surabhimatīf. a verse containing the word surabhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surabhimukhan. the opening of spring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryavratamahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarumahimanm. "glory of tree-planting", Name of a section of the vṛkṣāyurveda- (on the future rewards of those who plant trees) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthamahimanm. Name of a chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvaṅmāṃsāsthimayamfn. consisting of skin, flesh and bones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udadhimalam. cuttle-fish bone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udadhimekhalāf. "ocean-girdled", the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upādhimātrāyāmind. for the sake of mere appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalabdhimatmfn. perceiving, understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalabdhimatmfn. perceptible, intelligible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalabdhimattvan. the condition or faculty of perceiving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttarābhimukhamfn. turned towards the north. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayaḥsaṃdhimatīf. a girl arrived at puberty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidarbhābhimukhamfn. facing vidarbha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhimantrapuraskṛtamind. in accordance with rule and with the due recitation of mantra-s or mystical texts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyābhimānam. (bh-) the fancy or idea that one possesses learning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyābhimānavatmfn. imagining one's self learned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijñābhimāninmfn. thinking one's self clever or wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilābhimanm. gaRa dṛḍhādi- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimuktimahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayābhimukhīkṛtif. directing (the senses) towards sensual objects View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇumahimanm. the glory or majesty of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇumahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇumahimnaḥstavam. Name of a stotra- in praise of viṣṇu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśuddhimatmfn. possessing purity, free from sin or vice, pure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vraḍhimanm. (fr. vṛḍha-See under1.2. bṛh-), gaRa driḍhādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vraihimatyam. a king of the vrīhi-mata-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhimatmfn. having increase, growing, increasing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhimatmfn. become powerful or prosperous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhimatmfn. (in gram.) causing the vowel-modification called vṛddhi- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vrīhimatmfn. mixed with rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vrīhimatmfn. grown with rice (as a field) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vrīhimatam. plural Name of a people (not belonging to the Brahmanical order) (see vraihi-matya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vrīhimatīf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vrīhimayamf(ī-)n. made or consisting of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vrīhimukhamfn. (a surgical instrument) which resembles a grain of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyabhimānam. ( man-) a false apprehension or notion, erroneous view View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñavalkyamahimavarṇanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathābhimatamfn. (thābh-) as desired, as pleasing or agreeable to each View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathābhimatamind. (am-) according to wish or will, at pleasure, wherever desire leads View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogamahimanm. Name of several works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogasiddhimatmfn. experienced in the art of magic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
Results for him80 results
hima हिम a. [हि-मक्] Cold, frigid, frosty, dewy. -मः 1 The cold season, winter. -2 The moon. -3 The Himālaya mountain. -4 The sandal tree. -5 Camphor. -मम् 1 Frost, hoar-frost; हिमनिर्मुक्तयोर्योगे चित्राचन्द्रमसोरिव R.1.46;9.25;9.28;15.66;16.44; Ki.5.12; अनन्तरत्न- प्रभवस्य यस्य हिमं न सौभाग्यविलोपि जातम् Ku.1.3,11. -2 Cold, coldness. -3 A lotus. -4 Fresh butter. -5 A pearl. -6 Night. -7 Tin. -8 Sandal wood. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 the moon; प्राचीमूले तनुमिव कलामात्रशेषां हिमांशोः Me.91; मलिनमपि हिमांशोर्लक्ष्म लक्ष्मीं तनोति Ś.1.2; R.5.16;6.47;14.8; Śi.2.49. -2 camphor. ˚अभिख्यम् silver. -अङ्कः camphor. -अचलः, -अद्रिः the Himālaya mountain; प्रस्थं हिमाद्रे- र्मृगनाभिगन्धि किंचित् क्वणत् किंनरमध्युवास Ku.1.54; R.4.79; 4.3. ˚जा, ˚तनया 1 Pārvatī. -2 the Ganges. -अम्बु, -अम्भस् n. 1 cold water. -2 dew; निर्धौतहारगुलिकाविशदं हिमाम्भः R.5.7. -अनिलः a cold wind. -अपहः fire. -अब्जम् a lotus. -अभ्रः camphor. -अरातिः 1 fire. -2 the sun. -3 the arka and chitraka plants. -अरिः fire. ˚शत्रुः water; Bu. Ch.11.71. -आगमः the cold or winter-season. -आनद्ध a. frozen. -आर्त a. pinched or shivering with cold, chilled. -आलयः 1 the Himālaya mountain; अस्त्युत्तरस्यां दिशि देवतात्मा हिमालयो नाम नगाधिराजः Ku.1.1. -2 the white Khadira tree. ˚सुता an epithet of Pārvatī. -आह्वः, -आह्वयः camphor. (-यम्) a lotus. -उत्तरा the tawny grape. -उत्पन्ना a kind of sugar. -उद्भवा the plant called Zedoary. -उस्रः the moon; यदा- प्यानं हिमोस्रेण भनक्त्युपवनं कपिः Bk.9.2. -ऋतुः the winter season. -करः 1 the moon; लुठति न सा हिमकरकिरणेन Gīt.7. -2 camphor. -कूटः 1 the winter season. -2 the Himālaya mountain. -खण्डम् a hail stone. -गिरिः the Himālaya. -गुः the moon. -गृहम् a room furnished with cool appliances. -जः the Maināka mountain. -जा 1 the plant Zedoary. -2 Pārvatī. -ज्योतिस् a. cool-rayed (as the moon). -ज्वरः ague. -झटिः, -झण्टिः mist, fog. -तैलम् a kind of camphor ointment. -दीधितिः the moon; प्रथमं कलाभवदथार्धमथो हिमदीधितिर्महदभूदुदितः Śi.9.29. -दुर्दिनम् wintry weather, cold and bad weather. -द्युतिः the moon. -द्रुमः the Nimba tree. -द्रुह् m. the sun; हरेः प्रगमनं नास्ति, न प्रभानं हिमद्रुहः Bk.9.17. -धातुः the Himālaya mountain. -धामन् m. the moon. -ध्वस्त a. bitten, nipped, or blighted by frost. -पातः 1 cold rain; Pt.3. -2 fall of snow. -प्रस्थः the Himālaya mountain. -भानुः the moon. -भास्, -रश्मि m. the moon; शोभाभि- भूतहिमबालुकबालुकेन छायाजुषा सविधरोपितपादपेन Rām. ch.5.42; N.2.88; कस्तूरिकां च काश्मीरं पाटीरं हिमबालुकाम् Śiva B.3. 13. -शर्करा a kind of sugar produced from Yavanāla. -शीतल a. ice-cold. -शैलः Himālaya mountain. -श्रथः the moon; चन्दनद्रुमसंच्छन्ना निराकृत-हिमश्रथाः Bk.22. 4. -संहतिः f. a mass of ice or snow. -सरस् n. 'a lake of snow', cold water; न संतापच्छेदो हिमसरसि वा चन्द्रमसि वा Māl.1.31. -स्रुत m. the moon. -स्रुतिः the snow-shower. -हासकः the marshy date-tree.
himā हिमा 1 The cold season, winter. -2 Small cardamoms. -3 A kind of grass. -4 The fragrant drug and perfume called Reṇukā.
himakaḥ हिमकः The Vikankata tree.
himānī हिमानी 1 [महद् हिमम्, आनुक्] A mass or collection of snow, snow-drift; नगमुपरि हिमानीगौरमासाद्य जिष्णुः Ki.4.38; Bv.1.26. -2 A kind of sugar.
himavalam हिमवलम् A pearl.
himavat हिमवत् a. Snowy, icy, frosty. -m. The Himālaya mountain; राज्ञा हिमवतः सारो राज्ञः सारो हिमाद्रिणा R.4.79; V.5.22. -Comp. -कुक्षिः a valley of the Himālaya. -पुरम् N. of Oṣadhiprastha, the capital of Himālaya; तत्प्रयातौषधिप्रस्थं सिद्धये हिमवत्पुरम् Ku.6.33. -सुतः the Maināka mountain. -सुता 1 Pārvatī. -2 the Ganges.
himb हिम्ब् To please; L. D. B.
himelu हिमेलु a. Suffering from cold, chilly, frozen.
himikā हिमिका Hoar-frost.
himita हिमित a. Changed into snow or ice.
himnaḥ हिम्नः The planet Mercury.
himya हिम्य a. 1 Snowy, frosty. -2 Cold, frigid.
adhimakhaḥ अधिमखः The presiding deity of a sacrifice; तस्मै नमो भगवते$भिमखाय तुभ्यम् (Bhāg.3.9.18).
adhimanthaḥ अधिमन्थः [अधिकं मथ्यते अनेन; मन्थ् करणे घञ्] 1 Severe ophthalmia; उत्पाट्यत इवात्यर्थं नेत्रं निर्मथ्यते तथा । शिरसो$र्धं तु तं विद्यादधिमन्थं स्वलक्षणैः. -2 = अधिमन्थनम्.
adhimanthanam अधिमन्थनम् [मन्थ्-भावे करणे वा ल्युट्] Rubbing together for producing fire; suitable for such friction (as wood). अस्तीदमधिमन्थनम् Rv.3.29.1.
adhimanthita अधिमन्थित a. [अधिमन्थो$स्य संजातः इतच्] Suffering from eye-disease.
adhimarma अधिमर्म ind. In the vital parts. (See अधि) अथ तीक्ष्णायसैर्बाणैरधिमर्म रघूत्तमौ Bk.5.3.
adhimāṃsaḥ अधिमांसः [अधिकं मांसं यत्र] A sort of disease in the white of the eye, a sort of cancer or protuberance of flesh; विस्तीर्णं मृदु बहुलं यकृत्प्रकाशं श्यावं वा तदधिमांसजार्म विद्यात् Susr.
adhimāṃsakaḥ अधिमांसकः [अधिकं मांसं यत्र] A sort of cancer in the back of the gums; हनूस्थे पश्चिमे दन्ते महाशोथो महारुजः । लालास्रावी (कालास्नायी) कफकृतो विज्ञेयः सो$धिमांसकः Suśr.
adhimātra अधिमात्र a. [अधिका मात्रा यस्य] Beyond measure, excessive, inordinate. -त्रम् On the subject of prosody.
adhimāsaḥ अधिमासः [अधिको रविमासात् अतिरिक्तः शुक्लप्रतिपदादिद- र्शान्तश्चान्द्रो मासः] An intercalary (lunar) month.
adhimuktakaḥ अधिमुक्तकः Jasmin Sambal मधुमाधवी (Mar. मोगरा).
adhimuktiḥ अधिमुक्तिः f. Trust, confidence.
adhimuktikā अधिमुक्तिका A pearl-shell.
adhimuhyaḥ अधिमुह्यः N. of Buddha in one of his 34 former births.
anabhimlāta अनभिम्लात a. [न. त.] Not faded. -Comp. -वर्ण a. Ved. of unfaded or undiminished lustre, resplendent. सो अपां नपादनभिम्लातवर्णः Rv.2.35.13.
abhimad अभिमद् 4 P. Ved. To gladden, exhilarate, inebriate.
abhimādaḥ अभिमादः Intoxication.
abhimādyatka अभिमाद्यत्क a. Half drunk, partially intoxicated, stammering (like a drunkard).
abhiman अभिमन् 4 A. (P. epic) 1 To wish or desire, long for, covet, like; न त्वेवं ज्यायसीं वृत्तिमभिमन्येत कर्हिचित् Ms. 1.95; see अभिमत below. -2 To assent to, approve of, allow, admit; give a grant (to any one, dat.). -3 To think, fancy, imagine, consider, believe, regard; तामार्यामसावन्यथा$भ्यमन्यत Dk.164; Bk.5.71, U.5. -4 To injure, threaten (Ved.) -5 (8 A.) To think of self.
abhimata अभिमत p. p. 1 Desired, wished, liked, dear, beloved, favourite (person or thing); agreeable, desirable; नास्ति जीवितादन्यदभिमततरमिह जगति सर्वजन्तूनाम् K.35,58; अभिमतफलशंसी चारु पुस्फोर बाहुः Bk.1.27; यद्येवमभिमतम् Pt.1 if you like to do so; तयोरभिमतं वद Mv.6.21 choose which you will; इक्ष्वाकुवंशो$भिमतः प्रजानाम् U.1.44, Ś.3. 5, Ku.3.23, Pt.1.7, Me.51, Mu.3.4. -2 Agreed or assented to, liked, approved, accepted, admitted; न किल भवतां स्थानं देव्या गृहे$भिमतं ततः U.3.32; प्रसिद्ध- माहात्म्याभिमतानामपि कपिलकणभुक्प्रभृतीनाम् Ś. B. honoured, respected. -तम् Wish, desire. -तः A beloved person, lover; अभिमतमभितः कृताङ्गभङ्गा Śi.7.72.8.68,1.9.
abhimatiḥ अभिमतिः f. 1 Desire. -2 Pride; न विक्रिया विश्वसुहृत्- सखस्य साम्येन वीताभिमतेस्तवापि Bhāg.5.1.25. -3 Respect, regard, see अभिमान below.
abhimanas अभिमनस् a. 1 Intent on, desirous of; युद्धाभिमनसः सर्वे Rām.5.42.26. -2 anxious, longing for; भवतो$भिमनाः समीहते सरुषः कर्तुमुपेत्य माननाम् Śi.16.2 (where अ˚ also means undaunted, of fearless mind.
abhimanāyate अभिमनायते Den. A. To have life, be full of life and joy, be pleased or delighted, to long for; अभ्यमनायिष्ट चान्तरात्मा Dk.111,119; कान्तिं (विलोक्य) नाभिमनायेत को वा स्थाणुसमो$पि ते Bk.5.73 (Com. = सचेताः or प्रीतमनाः).
abhimantuḥ अभिमन्तुः f. Ved. Injuring, harming, destroying; ˚न्तोः to destroy; to claim as one's own, pretending.
abhimantṛ अभिमन्तृ a. Longing for; self-conceited, referring all objects to self; Ms.1.14.
abhimānaḥ अभिमानः 1 Pride (in a good sense), self-respect, honourable or worthy feeling; सदाभिमानैकधना हि मानिनः Śi.1.67; त्यक्त्वा जातिकुलाभिमानमुचितम् Bh.3.5. अभिमानधनस्य गत्वरैः Ki.2.19; संकल्पयोनेरभिमानभूतम् Ku.3.24. -2 Self-conceit, pride, arrogance, haughtiness, egotism, highopinion of oneself; शिथिल˚ नाः संवृत्ताः M.2, Bh.3.46, Bg.16.4.; (अतिमानः is another reading) ˚वत् proud, conceited. -3 Referring all objects to self, the act of अहंकार, personality, misconception (मित्याज्ञानम्), see अहंकार. -4 Conceit, conception; supposition, belief, opinion; मुनिरस्मि निरागसः कुतो मे भयमित्येष न भूतये$भिमानः Ki.13.7. -5 Knowledge, consciousness (बुद्धि, ज्ञान); साधारण्याभिमानतः S. D. -6 Affection, love. -7 Desire, wishing for. -8 Laying claim to. -9 Injury, Killing, seeking to injure. -1 A sort of state occasioned by love. -नम् Authority (प्रमाण); ये चरन्त्यभिमानानि सृष्टार्थ- मनुषङ्गिणः Mb.12.168.23. -Comp. -शालिन् a. proud. -शून्य a. void of pride or arrogance, humble.
abhimānitam अभिमानितम् 1 Egotism. -2 Love; copulation, sexual union.
abhimānin अभिमानिन् a. Possessed of self-respect; Ki.1.31; K.212. -2 Having a high opinion of oneself, proud, arrogant, conceited. -3 Regarding all objects as referring to one's own self; अभिमानिव्यपदेशस्तु विशेषानुगतिभ्याम् Br. Sūt 2.1.5. -4 Fancying, pretending, or regarding oneself to be; नरेन्द्र˚ Dk.51; K.194. m. A form of Agni.
abhimānuka अभिमानुक a. Ved. [मन् बाहु˚ उकच्] Striving to hurt or injure.
abhimantr अभिमन्त्र् 1 A. (P. also) 1 To consecrate or accompany with sacred hymns; पशुरसौ यो$भिमन्त्र्य क्रतौहतः Ak.; वागदेवाभिमन्त्रितो$श्वः U.2; गायत्र्या चाभिमन्त्रयेत् Y.3.325; 2.12;3.278. -2 To consecrate with magical formulas, charm, enchant, invoke or invite by means of charms; तदभिमन्त्रितेन चरणेन Dk.138; पानीयैरभिमन्त्रितैः Mb. -3 To speak to, address, invite.
abhimantraṇam अभिमन्त्रणम् Consecrating, hallowing, making sacred by repetition of special formulas or Mantras; दत्त्वान्नं पृथिवीपात्रमिति पात्राभिमन्त्रणम् (कृत्वा) Y.1.238; मन्त्र- मुच्चारयन्नेव मन्त्रार्थत्वेन संस्मरेत् । शेषिणं तन्मना भूत्वा स्यादेतदभि- मन्त्रणम् ॥ Mīmāṁsā. -2 Charming, enchanting. -3 Addressing, inviting, advising.
abhimanth अभिमन्थ् = अधिमन्थ् q. v.
abhimanyamāna अभिमन्यमान a. Making a lascivious attempt on. ब्राह्मणकन्यामभिमन्यमानः भोजः Kau. A.1.6.
abhimanyuḥ अभिमन्युः 1 N. of a son of Arjuna by his wife Subhadrā, sister of Kṛiṣṇa and Balarāma; also known by the metronymic Saubhadra. [He was called Abhimanyu because at his very birth he appeared to be heroic, long-armed and very fiery (अभिवृद्धः मन्युर्यस्य). When the Kauravas at the advice of Droṇa formed the peculiar battle-array called 'Chakravyuha' hoping that, as Arjuna was away, none of the Paṇḍavas would be able to break through it, Abhimanyu assured his uncles that he was ready to try, if they only assisted him. He accordingly entered the Vyūha, killed many warriors on the Kaurava side, and was for a time more than a match even for such veteran and elderly heroes as Droṇa, Karṇa, Duryodhana &c. He could not, however, hold out long against fearful odds, and was at last overpowered and slain. He was very handsome. He had two wives, Vatsalā daughter of Balarāma and Uttarā daughter of the king of Virāṭa. Uttarā was pregnant when he was slain and gave birth to a son named Parīkṣita who succeeded to the throne of Hastināpura.] -2 Name of a son of Manu Chākṣuṣa. -3 Name of two kings of Kāshmir; Rāj. T. -पुरम् - Name of a town. Raj. T.
abhimaraḥ अभिमरः [मृ-अच्] 1 Killing, destruction, slaughter. -2 War, combat. -3 Treachery in one's own camp; danger from one's own men or party. -4 Binding, confinement; a tie or fetter. -5 One's own party or army. -6 One who desperately goes to fight with tigers, elephants &c.
abhimāti अभिमाति a. [मे कर्तरि क्तिन् न इत्त्वम्] 1 Insidious; स हि ष्मा विश्वचर्षणिरभिमाति सहो दधे Rv.5.23.4. -2 Striving or seeking to injure, inimical. -तिः f. 1 Seeking to injure, hurting, plotting against. -2 An enemy, a foe.
abhimātin अभिमातिन् a. [मे-क्त, इष्टादिभ्यः इन्] 1 Insidious; बाधन्ते विश्वमभिमातिनम् Rv.1.85.3. -2 One who hurts or injures, an enemy.
abhimāya अभिमाय a. [अभिगतो मायामविद्याम्] Bewildered (इति- कर्तव्यतामूढ); ignorant, foolish.
abhimi अभिमि (मे) ह्य a. Ved. To be wetted (by making water upon).
abhimukha अभिमुख a. (-खी f.) [अभिगतं मुखं यस्य अभेर्मुखम् P.VI.2. 185] 1 With the face turned or directed towards, in the direction of, towards, turned towards, facing; अभिमुखे मयि संहृतमीक्षितम् Ś.2.12. ˚खा शाला Sk.; गच्छन्नभिमुखो वह्नौ नाशं याति पतङ्गवत् Pt.1.237; with the acc.; राजानमेवाभि- मुखा निषेदुः; पम्पामभिमुखो ययौ Rām.; Bg.11.28; K.264; sometimes with dat., or gen. or loc.; आश्रमायाभिमुखा बभूवुः Mb.; यस्ते तिष्ठेदभिमुखे रणे Rām.; मथ्यभिमुखीभूय Dk. 124; also in comp. शकुन्तलाभिमुखो भूत्वा Ś. 1 turning towards Ś.; Ku.3.75,7.9. -2 Coming or going near, approaching, near or close at hand; अभिमुखीष्विव वाञ्छित- सुद्धिषु व्रजति निर्वृतिमेकपदे मनः V.2.9.; यौवनाभिमुखी संजज्ञे Pt.4; R.17.4. -3 Disposed or intending to, inclined to; ready for, about (to do something), in comp.; चन्द्रापीडाभिमुखहृदया K.198,233; अस्ताभिमुखे सूर्ये Mu.4.19; प्रसादाभिमुखो वेधाः प्रत्युवाच दिवौकसः Ku.2.16;5.6; U.7.4, Māl.1.13; कर्मण्यभिमुखेन स्थेयम् Dk.89; अनभिमुखः सुखानाभ् K.45; प्रातः प्रयाणाभिमुखाय तस्मै R.5.29; निद्रा चिरेण नयना- भिमुखी वभूव 5.64; sometimes as first member of comp. in this sense; फलमभिमुखपाकं राजजम्बूद्रुमस्य; V.4.27. -4 Favourable, friendly or favourably disposed; आनीय झटिति घटयति विधिरभिमतमभिमुखीभूतः Ratn.1.5. -5 Taking one's part, nearly related to. -6 With the face turned upwards. -खः Forepart (अग्र); तस्येषुपाताभिमुखं (विसृज्य) Bhāg.9.6.18. -खी One of the 1 earths according to Buddhists. -खम्, -खे ind. Towards, in the direction of, facing, in front or presence of, near to; with acc., gen. or in comp. or by itself; स दीप्त इव कालाग्निर्जज्वालाभिमुखं खगम् Rām.5.67.12. आसीताभिमुखं गुरोः Ms.2.193; तिष्ठन्मुनेरभिमुखं स विकीर्णधाम्नः Ki.2.59; Śi.13.2; Ki.6. 46; नेपथ्याभिमुखमवलोक्य Ś.1; स पुराभिमुखं प्रतस्थे Pt.3; Me. 7; कर्णं ददात्यभिमुखं मयि भाषमाणे Ś.1.3; also at the beginning of comp.; अभिमुखनिहतस्य Bh.2.112 killed in the front ranks of battle.
abhimukhatā अभिमुखता 1 Presence, proximity. -2 Favourableness; ˚तां नी to win over. मुनिमभिमुखतां निनीषवो याः समुपययुः कमनीयतागुणेन Ki.1.4. अभिमुखीकृ abhimukhīkṛ मुखयति mukhayati अभिमुखीकृ मुखयति To propitiate, win over; अथ भूतभव्यभवदीशमभिमुखयितुं कृतस्तवाः Ki.12.19; K. P.2.
abhimukhīkaraṇam अभिमुखीकरणम् Causing (one) to turn the face towards; speaking to, addressing (in gram.); संबोधनम- भिसुखीकरणम्
abhimūrchita अभिमूर्छित a. Utterly confused, bewildered.
abhimṛd अभिमृद् 1 P. To crush by standing, tread under foot, trample down; oppress, devastate (as a country). -2 (In astr.) To contend against, oppose, be in opposition.
abhimardaḥ अभिमर्दः 1 Rubbing, friction. -2 Crushing down, trampling down; कृतो$भिमर्दः कुरुभिः प्रसह्य Mb.3.269.8. -3 Ravage, devastation of a country (by an enemy). -4 War, battle. कथं शक्ष्यामहे ब्रह्मन् दानवैरभिमर्दनम् Mb. 12.29.12. -5 Spirituous liquor.
abhimardana अभिमर्दन a. Crushing down, oppressing. -नम् Crushing, oppression.
abhimṛś अभिमृश् 6 P. To touch (in all senses); come in contact with; strike or rub gently; अभि प्रियाणि मर्मृशत् पराणि Rv.3.38.1; पदाभिमृष्ट, वचसा˚, पादतल˚, गदा˚. अभिमर्शः abhimarśḥ र्शनम् rśanam मर्षः marṣḥ षर्णम् ṣarṇam अभिमर्शः र्शनम् मर्षः षर्णम् 1 Touch, contact; उष्णांशुकराभिमर्षात् Śi.4.16. -2 Assault; violence, attack; सर्वतः समुपेतस्य तव तेनाभिमर्षणम् Rām.6.111.8. -3 Outraging, touching carnally, sexual intercourse; कृताभि- मर्षामनुमन्यमानः Ś.5.2 carnally touched or embraced, seduced, outraged; पराभिमर्शो न तवास्ति Ku.5.43 (Malli = परधर्षणम्); परदाराभिमर्शेषु प्रवृत्तान् Ms.8.352, Y.2.284. (v. l. अवमर्शनम्). cf. also आत्मानं मृगमुद्दिश्य भ्रातृदाराभिमर्शनम् । Abhiṣeka.1.2. तस्य दाराभिमर्शेन कथं दण्ड्यो$स्मि राघव । Abhiṣeka 1.21. अभिमर्शक abhimarśaka र्षक rṣaka मर्शिन् marśin र्षिन् rṣin अभिमर्शक र्षक मर्शिन् र्षिन् a. 1 Touching, coming in contact with. -2 Outraging; assaulting, परस्वहरणे युक्तं परदाराभिमर्शकं त्याज्यमाहुः Rām.6.87.22. त्वत्कलत्राभिमर्षी वैरास्पदं धनमित्रः Dk.63.
abhimṛṣṭa अभिमृष्ट p. p. 1 Touched, rubbed or stroked gently; -2 Brought close to, grazing.
abhimethika अभिमेथिक a. Ved. -मेथिका 1 Use of words or language calculated to secure every thing (सर्वप्राप्तिसाधनो वाग्भेदः). -2 Abusive speech, obscene expression; an imprecation.
abhimlāta अभिम्लात न a. Ved. Altogether faded or withered, decayed.
ādhimāsika आधिमासिक a. Relating to an intercalary month; करणाधिष्ठितमाधिमासिकं कुर्यात् Kau. A.2.7.
ābhimanyavaḥ आभिमन्यवः A descendent of अभिमन्यु. N. of Parīkṣita; Bhāg.1.18.5.
ābhimukhyam आभिमुख्यम् [अभिमुखस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Direction towards; ˚ख्यं याति goes to meet or encounter. -2 Being in front of or face to face; नीताभिमुख्यं पुनः Ratn.1.2. -3 Favourableness.
iṭhimikā इठिमिका f. N. of a section of the Kāṭhaka recension of the Yajurveda.
ṛddhimat ऋद्धिमत् a. Prosperous, wealthy, respectable, rich; ऋद्धिमन्तमधिकर्द्धिरुत्तरः पूर्वमुत्सवमपोहदुत्सवः R.19.5.
ehimāya एहिमाय a. Ved. Of all-pervading intellect, an epithet of the Viśvedevas; cf. एहिमायासो अद्रुहः Rv.1.3.9.
granthimat ग्रन्थिमत् a. Knotty, tied by a knot; कृष्णत्वचं ग्रन्थिमतीं दधानम् Ku.3.46.
jhiñjhimaḥ झिञ्झिमः A forest on fire.
draḍhiman द्रढिमन् m. 1 Tightness, firmness; बधान द्रागेव द्रढिमरमणीयं परिकरम् G. L.47. -2 Confirmation, corroboration; उक्तस्यार्थस्य द्रढिम्ने Śaṅkara. -3 Assertion, affirmation. -4 Heaviness.
drāghiman द्राघिमन् m. Length. -2 A degree of longitude.
prathiman प्रथिमन् m. Breadth, greatness, extension, magnitude; प्रथिमानं दधानेन जघनेन घनेन सा Bk.4.17; (गुणाः) प्रारम्भसूक्ष्माः प्रथिमानमापुः R.18.49; Mv.5.15.
baṃhiman बंहिमन् m. Abundance, multitude; P.VI.4.157.
buddhimat बुद्धिमत् a. 1 Endowed with understanding, intelligent, rational; बुद्धिमत्सु नराः श्रेष्ठाः Ms.1.96. -2 Wise, learned; मन्युपङ्कामनाधृष्यां नदीं तरति बुद्धिमान् Mb.12.235.12. -3 Sharp, clever, acute. -4 Humble, docile. बुद्धिमत्ता buddhimattā त्त्वम् ttvam बुद्धिमत्ता त्त्वम् Wisdom, sagacity.
mahiman महिमन् m. [महत् इमनिच् टिलोपः] 1 Greatness (fig. also); अयि मलयज महिमायं कस्य गिरामस्तु विषयस्ते Bv.1.11; अधो$धः पश्यतः कस्य महिमा नोपचीयते H.2.2. -2 Glory, majesty, might, power; तिसृभिस्त्वमवस्थाभिर्महिमानमुदीरयन् Ku.2.6; U.4.21. -3 High rank, exalted rank or position, dignity. -4 Personage (विभूति); महिमान एवैषाम् Bṛi. Up.3.9.2. -5 One of the 8 Siddhis, the power of increasing size at will; see सिद्धि.
laghiman लघिमन् m. [लघोर्भावः इमनिच् डिच्च] 1 Lightness, absence of weight. -2 Littleness, smallness, insignificance. -3 Lightness, levity, lowness or meanness of spirit; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा प्रश्नकर्मणि मां नियोजयति K. -4 Thoughtlessness, frivolity. -5 The supernatural power of assuming excessive lightnesss at will, one of the eight Siddhis q. v.
vṛddhimat वृद्धिमत् a. 1 Increased, increasing. -2 Rich, wealthy. -3 Prosperous, thriving.
sahima सहिम a. lcy cold.
sādhiman साधिमन् m. Goodness, excellence, perfection; विहाय हा सर्वसुपर्वनायकं त्वया धृतः किं नरसाधिमभ्रमः N.9.44.
surabhimat सुरभिमत् m. N. of fire.
Macdonell Vedic Search
Results for him4 results
hima himá, m. winter, ii. 33, 2 [Av. zima, OSl. zima ‘winter’; Gk. δύσ-χιμο-ς ‘subject to bad storms’, ‘horrid’].
anabhimlātavarṇa án-abhi-mlāta-varṇa, a. (Bv.) having an unfaded colour, ii. 35, 13.
abhimātin abhimāt-ín, m. adversary, i. 85, 3 [abhímāti, f. hostility].
mahiman mah-i-mán, m. greatness, i. 85, 2; ii. 35, 9; iii. 59, 7; vii. 86, 1; x. 90, 3. 16; 168, 1; power, x. 129, 3; pl. powers, x. 129, 5.
Macdonell Search
Results for him27 results
hima m. cold (V., C.); winter (rare, C.); n. snow, sts. ice (C., very rare in Br.); a. cold, cool (C.): -ritu, m. cold season, winter; -ka, m. N.; -kara, m. (cold-rayed), moon; -garbha, a. containing cold (rays);-giri, m. snow-mountain, Himâlaya: -sutâ, f. daughter of the Himâlaya, Pârvatî: -kânta, m. ep. of Siva; -gu, m. (cold-rayed), moon; -griha: -ka, n. refrigerating room; -tvish, m. (cool-rayed), moon; -dîdhiti, -dyuti, -dhâman, m. id.; -pâta, m. cold rain; fall of snow; -rasmi, m. moon; -râga, m. N. of a king; -ruki, m. (cool-rayed), moon; -½ritu, m. cold season, winter; (á)-vat, a. cold, snowy, icy (rare); exposing oneself to cold (rare); m. snow-mountain (V.); sp. the Himâlaya: -pura, n. town on the Himâlaya, n-mekhalâ, f. Himâlaya (zone=) range; -sikharin, m. snow-mountain, Himâlaya; -subhra, a. snow-white; -saila, m. snow mountain, Himâlaya:-ga, a. growing on the Himâlaya, -sutâ, f. Pârvatî; -samghâta, m. deep snow; -srut, m. moon; -sruti, f. fall of snow.
himāṃśu m. moon: -mâlin, m. id.; -½âgama, m. beginning of (the cold=) winter; -½akala, m. snow-mountain, Himâ laya: -½indra, m. chief of snow-mountains, Himâlaya; -½atyaya, m. end of the cold sea son; -½adri, m. Himâlaya.
himānī f. [fr. hima] deep snow.
himānta m. end of winter; -½am bhas, n. cold water; -½âlaya, m. abode of snow, Himâlaya; -½âhati, f. fall of snow.
himita den. pp. turned into snow or ice; -î-kri, turn into snow.
himopacāra m. refrigeration.
adhimātra a. excessive: -tva, n. -ness.
adhimanthana a. suitable for friction; n. the hard piece of tinder-wood.
anabhimukha a. (î) averted.
anabhimānuka a. entertain ing no designs against (ac.).
anabhimata pp. disagreeable, unwelcome.
abhimārutam ad. against the wind.
abhimāti f. hostility, plotting; enemy; -mâtín, m. foe; -mâna, m. hostility; pride; self-consciousness (ph.); fancying oneself possessed of; erroneous assumption; affec tion; -mâna-vat, a. proud; assuming oneself to have (--°ree;); -mâna-sâlin, a. haughty, proud; -mânin, a. conceited; proud; --°ree;, fancying oneself to have or to be, passing for; repre senting, meaning: (i)-tâ, f. self-conceit, (i) tva, n. considering oneself to be (--°ree;).
abhimarśa m. contact, touch; -marsana, n. touching; -marsin, a. touching.
abhimanyu m. N.; -ga, m. son of Abhimanyu; -pura, n. N. of a town; -svâmin, m. N. of a temple.
abhimata pp. esteemed, loved; wished for, approved; n. wish, desire; -man tavya, fp. to be regarded as (nm.); -man tri, a. bringing objects into relation with it self; -mantrana, n. invocation; consecration.
abhimukha a. (î) facing, oppo site (ac., d., g., --°ree;); favourable to (in., g.); imminent; --°ree;, on the verge of, -point of, car ing for: °ree;--, ad. in front; -m, ad. id.; towards, against, opposite(ac., g., --°ree;); lc. opposite (g., --°ree;).
ahimāya a. appearing like serpents.
ahimadīdhiti m. sun; -mayûkha, -rasmi, -rokis, m. id.; -½amsu, m. id.
tvaṅmāṃsāsthimaya a. consisting of skin, flesh, and bones.
draḍhiman m. firmness; resolu tion; confirmation; -ishtha, spv. (of dridha) very firm.
drāghiman m. length; -ishtha, spv., -îyas, cpv. of dîrgha.
pūrvābhimukha a. turned or flowing eastward; -½abhisheká, m. prelimin ary anointment; -½abhyâsa, m. repetition of something previous: in. anew; -½ambudhi, m. eastern ocean.
bodhimaṇḍa n. (?) seat of knowledge, which is said to have risen from the earth in the shadow of the tree under which Buddha obtained perfect enlighten ment; -mandala, n. place where Buddha obtained complete enlightenment; -sattva, m. (whose nature is knowledge), Buddhist saint in the last stage before attaining to complete knowledge or Buddhahood.
laghiman m. lightness; super natural power of making oneself light at will; feeling of lightness; levity; disrespect, slight; -ishtha, spv., -îyas, cpv. of laghú; -îyas-tva, n. insignificance.
śuddhimat a. pure, spotless; in nocent, proved guiltless, acquitted.
sahima a. provided with snow, to gether with snow.
Vedic Index of
Names and Subjects
Results for him27 resultsResults for him5 results
hima Denoting 'cold,' 'cold weather,' is quite common in the Rigveda, but less frequent later. As 'snow' the word appears as a masculine in the Taittirīya Brāhmana, and often later as a neuter. Cf. Hemanta.
himā Denotes ‘winter’ in the combination a ‘hundred winters’ in the Rigveda and elsewhere.
himavant Snowy,' appears as an epithet of mountains in the Atharvaveda. It is also used both there and in the Rigveda, as well as later, as a noun. There seems no reasen to deny that in all the passages the word refers vaguely to the mountains now called Himālaya, though it is possible that the name may include mountains not strictly in that system, like the Suleiman hills. See also Mūjavant and Trikakubh.
ānabhimlāta is mentioned in a Vamśa, or Genealogy, in the Brhadāranyaka Upanisad as a pupil of Anabhimlāta.
gardabhimukha Is mentioned as a teacher in the Vamśa Brāhmana.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
Results for him27 resultsResults for him5 results674 results
agnir himasya bheṣajam VS.23.10c,46c; TS.7.4.18.2c; MS.3.12.19c: 166.3; KSA.4.7c; Aś.10.9.2c; śś.16.5.4c. Cf. agnir dadātu bheṣajam, and agniṣ kṛṇotu bheṣajam.
āre hiṃsānām apa didyum ā kṛdhi RV.10.142.1d.
āyuṣe hiṃkuru tasyai prastuhi (Apś. adds tasyai stuhi) tasyai me 'varuddhyai MS.4.2.4: 26.9; Apś.13.11.1. P: āyuṣe hiṃkuru Mś.2.5.1.22.
āyuvai hiṃkuru tasyai prastuhi tasyai stuhi tasyai me 'varuddhyai Apś.13.11.1.
bhṛguṃ hiṃsitvā sṛñjayāḥ (AVP. māhīnā; JB. māhenā) AVś.5.19.1c; AVP.9.18.7c; JB.1.152c.
garbho himavatām uta AVś.6.95.3b.
iḍāyai hiṃkuru tasyai prastuhi (Apś. adds tasyai stuhi) tasyai me 'varuddhyai MS.4.2.4: 26.7; Apś.12.28.6. P: iḍāyai hiṃkuru Mś.2.4.2.37.
jātaṃ himavatas pari (ApMBḥG. himavata upari) AVś.4.9.9b; 5.4.2b; AVP.8.3.1b; TA.6.10.2b; ApMB.2.8.11b; HG.1.11.5b.
jyoktyai hiṃkuru tasyai prastuhi tasyai stuhi tasyai me 'varuddhyai Apś.13.3.1.
jyotiṣe hiṃkuru tasyai prastuhi (Apś. adds tasyai stuhi) tasyai me 'varuddhyai MS.4.2.4: 26.8; Apś.13.3.1; P: jyotiṣe hiṃkuru Mś.2.4.4.17.
kuṣṭho himavatas pari AVś.19.39.1b; AVP.7.10.1b.
hiṃsiṣur vahatum uhyamānam (ApMB. ūhyamānām) AVś.14.2.9f; ApMB.1.7.8d.
hiṃsiṣṭaṃ yajñapatim KS.3.4c; 16.11; 26.7; Kauś.108.2c. See mā yajñaṃ hiṃsiṣṭaṃ.
hiṃsiṣṭaṃ kumāryam AVś.14.1.63a. P: mā hiṃsiṣṭam Kauś.77.20.
hiṃsiṣṭa pitaraḥ kena cin naḥ RV.10.15.6c; AVś.18.1.52c; VS.19.62c.
hiṃsiṣṭaṃ pitaraṃ mātaraṃ ca AVś.6.140.2e,3d.
hiṃsīḥ TS.1.2.2.2. See mā mā hiṃsīḥ.
hiṃsīḥ puruṣaṃ jagat VS.16.3d; TS.4.5.1.2d; MS.2.9.2d: 121.2; KS.17.11d; śvetU.3.6d. See next, and mā hiṃsīt.
hiṃsīḥ puruṣān mama AVP.14.3.5d. See under prec.
hiṃsīḥ pratigṛhṇataḥ AVś.9.3.16d.
hiṃsīt puruṣān mama NīlarU.5d. See under mā hiṃsīḥ puruṣaṃ.
hiṃsīr deva preritaḥ (Apś. preṣitaḥ) Aś.3.14.13a; Apś.9.16.11a.
hiṃsīr mahyas tvam AVP.5.21.5b.
hiṃsīs tatra no bhūme AVś.12.1.34e.
hiṃsīs tanvā (TS. tanuvā) prajāḥ VS.12.32d; TS.4.2.3.1d; 5.2.2.3; MS.2.7.10d: 87.12; KS.16.10d; śB.6.8.1.9.
hiṃsīs tvam oṣadhīḥ śivāḥ Mś.1.2.4.18c. See śaṃ no bhavantv āpa.
mainaṃ hiṃsiṣṭaṃ svāṃ yonim āviśantau AB.8.8.11d. See under mā mā hiṃsiṣṭaṃ svaṃ.
mainaṃ hiṃsīḥ śG.1.28.14.
maināṃ hiṃsīr aśmanā jarhṛṣāṇaḥ AVP.14.5.3c.
prajāṃ hiṃsitvā brāhmaṇīm AVś.5.18.12c; 19.11c; AVP.9.19.5c.
te hiṃkṛtya punar āruhya sarve JB.2.398c. See hiṃkṛtya punar etc.
udakaṃ himavatsu AVP.8.16.11b.
yasyeme himavanto mahitvā RV.10.121.4a; VS.25.12a; TS.4.1.8.4a. P: yasyeme himavantaḥ śG.1.9.6. See under prec.
yatra himavataḥ śiraḥ AVś.19.39.8b; AVP.7.10.8b.
agnayaḥ sagarā stha sagareṇa nāmnā raudreṇānīkena pāta māgnayaḥ pipṛta māgnayo gopāyata mā namo vo 'stu mā mā hiṃsiṣṭa # Vait.18.8. P: agnayaḥ sagarā stha Vait.18.13. See next two.
agnayaḥ sagarāḥ sagarā agnayaḥ sagarāḥ stha sagareṇa nāmnā pāta māgnayaḥ pipṛta māgnayo namo vo astu mā mā hiṃsiṣṭa # Aś.5.3.15. See prec. and next.
agnayaḥ sagarāḥ sagarā stha sagareṇa nāmnā raudreṇānīkena pāta māgnayaḥ pipṛta māgnayo gopāyata mā namo vo 'stu mā mā hiṃsiṣṭa # VS.5.34; (omitting gopāyata mā) VSK.5.8.5; (omitting māgnayo gopāyata and writing astu for 'stu) śś.6.13.1. P: agnayaḥ sagarāḥ Kś.9.8.24. See prec. two.
agnaye surabhimate svāhā # AB.7.9.7.
agnāv asyā mahimānaṃ juhomi # AVP.11.5.2d.
agniḥ prāvan mitrota medhyātithim # RV.1.36.17c.
agnim agnīt tris-triḥ (Mś. agnīt triḥ) saṃmṛḍḍhi # TB.3.3.7.3; Mś.2.2.1.32. Cf. for this and the next two agnīt paridhīṃś, and agnīd apas.
agnir asi vaiśvānaro namas te 'stu mā mā hiṃsīḥ # Lś.9.7.16.
agnir dadātu bheṣajam # RVKh.10.142.1d. See agniṣ kṛṇotu, and cf. agnir himasya.
agnir nārīṃ vīrakukṣiṃ puraṃdhim # RV.10.80.1d.
agniṣ kṛṇotu bheṣajam # AVś.6.106.3d. See agnir dadātu bheṣajam, and cf. agnir himasya.
agniṣ ṭe tvacaṃ mā hiṃsīt # VS.1.22; śB.1.2.2.12. P: agniṣ ṭe Kś.2.5.21. Cf. under agniṣ ṭe tanvaṃ.
agniṣ ṭe mūlaṃ mā hiṃsīt # PG.3.15.21a.
agnis te tanuvaṃ māti dhāk (KS. tanvaṃ mā hiṃsīt) # TS.1.1.8.1; KS.1.8; 31.7; TB.3.2.8.6; Apś.1.25.9. See under agniṣ ṭe tanvaṃ.
agnīt paridhīṃś cāgniṃ ca tris-triḥ saṃmṛḍḍhi # Vait.2.13; Apś.2.12.10; Mś.1.3.1.7. See under agnim agnīt, and samidham ādhāyā-.
agne mā hiṃsīḥ parame vyoman # AVś.18.4.30d; VS.13.42d,44d,49d,50d; TS.4.2.10.1d,2d,3d (bis); MS.2.7.17d (quater): 102.3,7,15,19; KS.16.17d (ter); śB.7.5.2.18,20,34,35; TA.6.6.1d.
agneṣ ṭvā tejasā sūryasya varcasā viśveṣāṃ tvā devānāṃ kratunābhimṛśāmi # MG.1.18.4. Cf. agnes tejasā sūryasya varcasā, and foll.
ataś cid asya mahimā vi reci # RV.4.16.5c; AVś.20.77.5c.
atra (śB. atrā) jahīmo 'śivā ye asan # VS.35.10c; śB.13.8.4.3c. See atrā jahāma.
atrā jahāma (AVś. jahīta) ye asann aśevāḥ (AVś.12.2.27c, aśivāḥ; 12.2.26c, -san durevāḥ) # RV.10.53.8c; AVś.12.2.26c,27c; TA.6.3.2. See atra (atrā) jahīmo etc.
athāsmabhyaṃ puṣṭiṃ rāddhim # Lś.3.11.3c.
adevo abhimanyate # AVś.6.6.1b.
adyā tam asya mahimānam āyavaḥ # RV.8.3.8c; AVś.20.99.2c; SV.2.924c; VS.33.97c.
adharāco ahann ahim # RV.10.133.2b; AVś.20.95.3b; SV.2.1152b.
adhā mahīm adhi śiśrāya vācam # AVś.10.2.7b.
adhi pañca pradhīṃr iva # RV.4.30.15c.
adhvanām adhvapate namas te astu mā mā hiṃsīḥ # Apś.11.14.9.
adhvaryuṃ mā hiṃsīḥ # Apś.9.2.9; Mś.3.1.26.
anantām antād adhinirmitāṃ mahīm # TB.2.8.8.4a.
anastyā cāyudhiṃgamaḥ # śś.12.21.2.5b. See svastyā cā-.
anāgohatyā vai bhīmā kṛtye # AVś.10.1.29a.
anu gā iva tasthima # RV.9.112.3d; N.6.6d.
antarikṣaṃ madhyena (TS. madhyena mā hiṃsīḥ) # TS.1.3.5.1; 6.3.3.3; MS.1.2.14: 23.8.
antarikṣaṃ mā hiṃsīḥ # VS.5.43; 14.12; TS.4.3.6.1; MS.2.7.15: 98.8; 2.8.14: 118.1; KS.3.2; 26.3; 40.3; śB.3.6.4.13,14; 8.3.1.9.
antarikṣaspṛṅ mā mā hiṃsīḥ # MS.4.9.7: 128.4; TA.4.8.4; 5.7.8.
antarikṣe svaṃ mahimānaṃ mimānaḥ # SV.2.1194c.
antar mahimānam ānañja dhīraḥ # VS.8.30b; śB.4.5.2.12b. See pavamāno garbham, and pavamāno dhīra.
annaṃ mā mā hiṃsīḥ # Kauś.136.4.
anyā barhīṃṣy abhyabhūt # VS.28.21d; TB.2.6.10.6d.
anyonyaṃ tu na hiṃsrātaḥ # TA.1.6.1a.
apaskandya vadhed ahim # AVP.2.70.1b.
apas ta oṣadhīmatīr ṛchantu, ye māghāyava etasyā diśo 'bhidāsān # AVś.19.18.6; AVP.7.17.6.
apāṃ nidhiṃ gāya # Apś.16.22.2.
apām ekā mahimānaṃ bibharti # TS.4.3.11.5b; MS.2.13.10b: 160.12; KS.39.10b; PG.3.3.5b.
apāro vo mahimā vṛddhaśavasaḥ # RV.5.87.6a.
apāhan vṛtraṃ paridhiṃ nadīnam # RV.3.33.6b; N.2.26b.
apo dattodadhiṃ bhinta # AVP.3.31.1b--5b; VS.18.55c; MS.2.4.7b (ter): 44.10,12,14; 2.12.3b: 146.18. See udno datto-, and cf. deva parameṣṭhinn.
apo mauṣadhīmatīḥ etc. # see āpo mauṣadhīmatīḥ etc.
abjām ukthair ahiṃ gṛṇīṣe # RV.7.34.16a; N.10.44a. Cf. BṛhD.5.165.
abhāyi dāyivaṃ o yā hiṃ kṣate bhūḥ # JB.1.101. Variation of abhi devāṃ iyakṣate, q.v.
abhi kranda stanayārdayodadhim (Suparṇ. stanayodayo-) # AVś.4.15.6a; AVP.5.7.3a; Suparṇ.9.3a. P: abhi kranda stanaya Vait.8.9. Cf. under prec.
abhijighrantī bhuvanasya nābhim # RV.1.185.5c.
abhi yo mahinā divam # RV.3.59.7a; Aś.3.12.9. See abhīmaṃ mahinā.
abhī ṛtasya etc. # see abhīm ṛtasya etc.
abhīmaṃ (TSṃś. -māṃ; MS. -mān) mahinā (VS. -mā) divam (MS. divaḥ) # VS.38.17a; TS.4.1.6.2a; MS.4.9.1a: 121.15; TA.4.3.1a; Apś.15.4.4; Mś.4.1.23. P: abhīmam Kś.26.6.25. See abhi yo mahinā.
abhīmāṃ pṛthivīṃ mahīm # RV.10.119.8b.
abhīmāṃ (and abhīmān) mahinā # see abhīmaṃ mahinā.
abhīśūnāṃ mahimānaṃ panāyata # RV.6.75.6c; AVP.15.10.6c; VS.29.43c; TS.4.6.6.2c; MS.3.16.3c: 186.4; KSA.6.1c; N.9.16c.
abhīṣāṭ cābhīṣāhī cābhimātihaś cābhimātihā ca sāsahiś ca sahīyāṃś ca sahasvāṃś ca sahamānaś ca # Lś.4.1.5. See under prec.
abhūtim asamṛddhiṃ ca # RVKh.5.87.8c; Tā.10.66c.
abhy ṝ3tasya sudughā etc. # see abhīm ṛtasya etc.
amamriś cit sāprathovadadahim (?) # AVP.5.27.2a (corrupt).
amuṃ mā hiṃsīr amuṃ mā hiṃsīḥ # TB.3.7.2.7; Aś.1.12.35.
amṛtasya śriyaṃ mahīm # ā.5.3.2.2d.
ayaṃ śivābhimarśanaḥ # RV.10.60.12d; AVś.4.13.6d; AVP.5.18.7d.
arā iva rathanābhau # MuṇḍU.2.2.6b. Cf. arā nābhim.
arā nābhim ivābhitaḥ # AVś.3.30.6d; AVP.5.19.6d. Cf. prec., and arā iva.
arcantaḥ sam idhīmahi # RV.5.13.1b.
avardhann ugra mahimānam indriyam # RV.10.113.3d.
avasyavo dhīmahi praśastim # RV.2.11.12c.
avindad divo nihitaṃ guhā nidhim # RV.1.130.3a.
aśīrṣāṇam ahiṃ kṛṇu # AVś.19.47.8d; 50.1b; AVP.6.20.9b; 14.9.1b.
aṣāḍham ugraṃ pṛtanāsu sāsahim # RV.8.70.4a; AVś.20.92.19a; SV.2.506a.
aṣṭapatnīm imāṃ mahīm # TA.1.13.1b.
asitiṃ cārthasiddhiṃ ca # RVKh.1.191.8a.
astīdam adhimanthanam # RV.3.29.1a.
asthūri ṇau gārhapatyaṃ dīdāyañ śataṃ (KS. -yac chataṃ) himā dvāyū # MS.1.4.2: 49.1; KS.5.5; 7.3. See tayor asthūri.
asthūri ṇau (VSK. ṇo; śś. no) gārhapatyāni santu śataṃ himāḥ # VS.2.27; VSK.2.6.7; śB.1.9.3.19; śś.4.12.10. Cf. next but one.
asmai bhīmāya namasā sam adhvare # RV.1.57.3a; AVś.20.15.3a.
asya kṣatraṃ śriyaṃ mahīm # AVś.6.54.1c.
asya made ahim indro jaghāna # RV.2.15.1d. Cf. asya made jaritar indro 'him.
asya made jaritar indro 'him ahan # śś.8.25.1. Cf. asya made ahim.
asya stuṣe mahimaghasya rādhaḥ # RV.1.122.8a.
ahaṃ savyāya paḍgṛbhim arandhayam # RV.10.49.5d.
ahatau putrau mayā # VS.19.11d; śB.12.7.3.21d. See ahiṃsitau.
ahaṃ daṇḍenā# see ahiṃ daṇḍenā-.
ahann ahiṃ śūra vīryeṇa # RV.2.11.5d.
ahann ahim anv apas tatarda # RV.1.32.1c; AVś.2.5.5c; AVP.12.12.1c; ArS.3.2c; MS.4.14.13c: 237.8; KB.20.4; TB.2.5.4.2c. P: ahann ahim TB.2.8.4.3.
ahann ahim abhinad rauhiṇaṃ vi # RV.1.103.2c.
ahann ahim ariṇāt sapta sindhūn # RV.4.28.1c; 10.67.12c; AVś.20.91.12c; MS.4.11.2c: 164.8; KS.9.19c. Cf. yo hatvāhim.
ahann ahiṃ papivāṃ indro asya # RV.5.29.3d.
ahann ahiṃ pariśayānam arṇaḥ # RV.3.32.11a; 4.19.2c; 6.30.4c; MS.4.14.18c: 248.16; KS.38.7c; TB.2.6.9.1c.
ahann ahiṃ parvate śiśriyāṇam # RV.1.32.2a; AVś.2.5.6a; AVP.12.12.2a; MS.4.14.13a: 237.9; TB.2.5.4.2a.
ahiṃsrā naḥ pṛthivī devy (Kś. ahiṃsrā pṛthivī devī devy) astu # Kś.2.2.12d; Apś.3.19.3d; Kauś.137.11d.
āgnīdhraṃ mā hiṃsīḥ # Apś.9.2.9; Mś.3.1.26.
āñjanagandhiṃ surabhim # RV.10.146.6a; TB.2.5.5.7a. P: āñjanagandhim śG.6.2.5.
ā ta indra mahimānam # RV.8.65.4a.
ātasthivāṃso amṛtasya nābhim # RV.5.47.2b.
ā tiṣṭhasvaitāṃ te diśam abhimukhaḥ saṃnaddho ratho 'bhipravartatām # AB.8.10.3.
ā te agna (MS. and Mś. vḷ. agnā) idhīmahi # RV.5.6.4a; SV.1.419a; 2.372a; TS.4.4.4.6a; MS.2.13.7a: 156.14; 4.12.5: 191.11; KS.9.6a; 39.14; JB.2.328; 3.131; PB.13.6.1; Aś.7.8.1; śś.12.10.11; Mś.6.2.2.21. P: ā te agne Lś.10.9.9. See ā tvāgna.
ā te badhnāmy oṣadhīm # PrāṇāgU.1b. See jīvantīm, and te badhnāmy.
ātmānam asyā mā hiṃsīḥ # AVP.2.67.2c.
ātmāsy ātmanātmānaṃ (Vait.Kauś. ātmann ātmānaṃ) me mā hiṃsīḥ # GB.2.1.3; Vait.3.11; Kauś.65.14.
ā tvāgna idhīmahi # AVś.18.4.88a; Kauś.89.13. See ā te agna etc.
ādatta vajram abhi yad ahiṃ han # RV.5.29.2c.
ādartā vajraṃ sthaviraṃ na bhīmaḥ # RV.4.20.6c.
ād it stenam ahim # AVP.2.8.5c. See ād u ṣṭenam.
ād u ṣṭenam atho ahim # AVś.4.3.4c. See ād it stenam.
ā na indo mahīm iṣam # RV.9.65.13a. Cf. ā na indra etc.
ā na indra mahīm iṣam # RV.8.6.23a. Cf. ā na indo etc.
ā no mahīm aramatiṃ sajoṣāḥ # RV.5.43.6a.
āpa īrayann udadhim ardayāti # AVś.4.15.11b; AVP.5.7.10b.
ā pavasva mahīm iṣam # RV.9.41.4a; SV.2.245a; JB.3.60a.
āpo (AVP. apo) mauṣadhīmatīr etasyā diśaḥ pāntu # AVś.19.17.6a; AVP.7.16.6.
ābhiṣ ṭvāhaṃ daśabhir abhimṛśāmi daśamāsyāya sūtavai (ApMB. sūtave) # HG.2.2.5; ApMB.2.11.15 (ApG.6.14.14). See daśamāsyāya.
ā yasya te mahimānam # RV.8.46.3a.
ā yāhīma indavaḥ # RV.8.21.3a; Aś.7.8.2. See ā yāhy ayam.
ā yāhy ayam indave # SV.1.402a. See ā yāhīma.
āyur varco mā hiṃsīr nāpita # JG.1.11c. Cf. MG.1.21.7.
āruroha divaṃ mahīm # AVś.13.1.45d.
āre manyuṃ durvidatrasya dhīmahi # RV.10.35.4c.
ā roha sūrye amṛtasya lokam (SMB. nābhim; VārG. panthān !) # RV.10.85.20c; AVś.14.1.61c; SMB.1.3.11c; MG.1.13.6c; VārG.15.2c; N.12.8c. See prec.
ā vām aśvāso abhimātiṣāhaḥ # RV.6.69.4a.
āvir nidhīṃr akṛṇod usriyāṇām # RV.10.68.6d; AVś.20.16.6d.
āviṣkṛṇvānā mahimānam āgāt # RV.7.75.1b.
āśuḥ śiśāno vṛṣabho na bhīmaḥ (TSṃS.KS. yudhmaḥ) # RV.10.103.1a; AVś.19.13.2a; AVP.7.4.2a; SV.2.1199a; VS.17.33a; TS.4.6.4.1a; MS.2.10.4a: 135.9; KS.18.5a; śB.9.2.3.6. P: āśuḥ śiśānaḥ Aś.1.12.27; Mś.6.2.5.7; Apś.17.14.7; BṛhPDh.9.189. Cf. BṛhD.8.13. Designated as apratiratha (sc. sūkta): see apratiratha.
ā samudrād āntarikṣāt prajāpatir udadhiṃ cyāvayāti # TS.3.5.5.2. P: ā samudrāt Apś.13.9.15.
āhārṣam ugrām oṣadhim # AVP.9.6.11c.
idaṃ barhir ati barhīṃṣy anyā # KS.35.3c; TB.2.5.5.1c; Apś.9.17.1c.
indra sākṣvābhimātiṣu # RV.3.37.7c; AVś.20.19.7c.
indras taṃ yoktre adhime yunaktu # AVP.2.65.2c.
indras tarasvān abhimātihograḥ # MS.4.14.12a: 235.9; TB.2.8.4.1a.
indrasya karma yad ahiṃ vivṛścat # RV.3.33.7b.
indraḥ sapatnahā bhīmaḥ # AVP.3.36.1c.
indrābhiṣāḍ abhimātīr apaghnan # MS.4.12.3b: 184.3.
indrāya tvābhimātighne # VS.6.32; 38.8; TS.1.4.1.1; MS.1.3.3: 30.15; KS.3.10; śB.3.9.4.9; 14.2.2.8; Mś.2.3.3.4.
indrāvaruṇā mahimānam āśata # RV.8.59 (Vāl.11).2b.
indrāsomāv ahim apaḥ pariṣṭhām # RV.6.72.3a.
indro me 'him aghāyantam # AVś.10.4.10c.
indro me 'him arandhayat # AVś.10.4.16a,17a.
indro vṛtrahendro 'bhimātihendro vṛtratūr unmīyamānāḥ # KS.34.15.
indhānās tvā śataṃ himāḥ # VS.3.18a; TS.1.5.5.4a; 7.5; MS.1.5.2a: 57.12; 1.5.8: 76.3; KS.6.9a; 7.6 (bis); 35.2; śB.2.3.4.21; śś.2.11.3a; Apś.6.16.12 (bis). Ps: indhānās tvā Apś.14.17.1; indhānāḥ KS.7.6.
indhānās tvā śatahimā ṛdhema # AVś.19.55.4d.
imaṃ jīvebhyaḥ paridhiṃ dadhāmi # RV.10.18.4a; AVś.12.2.23a; VS.35.15a; TB.3.7.11.3a; śB.13.8.4.12a; TA.6.10.2a; Apś.9.12.4a; 14.22.3a; AG.4.6.9; ApMB.2.22.24a (ApG.8.23.10). P: imaṃ jīvebhyaḥ śś.4.16.5; Kś.21.4.25; Kauś.72.17. Cf. BṛhD.7.11 (B). Cf. jīvātave te paridhiṃ.
imaṃ devāso abhi hiṃkṛṇota # AVś.12.3.37d.
imam agniṃ śatahimāḥ saparyāt # ApMB.1.8.3d.
imam ūrṇāyuṃ varuṇasya nābhim # VS.13.50a; MS.2.7.17a: 102.17; KS.16.17a; śB.7.5.2.35. See imām etc.
imam ū ṣu vo atithim uṣarbudham # RV.6.15.1a; AB.5.6.6; KB.23.1,3; śB.13.5.1.12; Aś.4.13.7; 7.12.6; śś.14.57.9. P: imam ū ṣu śś.10.6.2,20.
imaṃ mā hiṃsīr ekaśaphaṃ paśum (TS.KS. paśūnām) # VS.13.48a; TS.4.2.10.2a; MS.2.7.17a: 102.12; KS.16.17a; śB.7.5.2.33. P: imaṃ mā hiṃsīr ekaśapham Apś.16.27.15.
imaṃ mā hiṃsīr dvipādaṃ paśum (TS.KS. paśūnām) # VS.13.47a; TS.4.2.10.1a; MS.2.7.17a: 102.10; KS.16.17a; śB.7.5.2.32. Ps: imaṃ mā hiṃsīr dvipādam Apś.16.27.14; Mś.6.1.7.29; imaṃ mā hiṃsīḥ Kś.17.5.19.
imaṃ methim abhisaṃviśadhvam # AVś.8.5.20c.
imāṃ khanāmy oṣadhim (ApMB. oṣadhīm) # RV.10.145.1a; AVś.3.18.1a; AVP.3.29.2a; 7.12.10a; 9.6.1a; ApMB.1.15.1a (ApG.3.9.6). Ps: imāṃ khanāmi Kauś.36.19; imām Rvidh.4.12.1,3. Cf. BṛhD.8.55, and idaṃ khanāmi.
imāṃ te dhiyaṃ pra bhare maho mahīm # RV.1.102.1a; VS.33.29a; KB.26.12; TB.2.7.13.4a. P: imāṃ te dhiyam śś.9.17.3; 10.10.6.
imāṃ mahīṃ praty avarohema # MG.2.7.4c.
imā hy asmā oṣadhim # AVP.1.85.4c; 8.7.10c.
iṣaṃ svaś ca dhīmahi # RV.7.66.9c; SV.2.419c; AB.6.7.2; GB.2.5.13.
iṣam ūrjaṃ sam agrabham (TS. agrabhīm) # VS.9.4d; TS.1.7.12.2e; MS.1.11.4d: 165.16; KS.14.3d; śB.5.1.2.8d.
iṣuḥ kāmasya yā bhīmā # AVś.3.25.1c.
iha tvā samidhīmahi # Kauś.70.1b,1d.
īṃkārāya svāhā # TS.7.1.19.1; KSA.1.10; TB.3.8.8.1; Apś.20.6.3. See hiṃkārāya.
īṃkṛtāya (KSA. iṃ-) svāhā # TS.7.1.19.1; KSA.1.10; TB.3.8.8.1; Apś.20.6.3. See hiṃkṛtāya.
ugraṃ yuyujma pṛtanāsu sāsahim # RV.8.61.12a.
ugraṃ vaco apāvadhīt (SVṃS. apāvadhīḥ svāhā; TSṭB. apāvadhīm) # SV.1.353d; VS.5.8c (ter); TS.1.2.11.2; MS.1.2.7d: 17.5; KS.2.8 (bis); TB.1.5.9.5,6; śB.3.4.4.23c,24c,25c.
ugraṃ cit tvā mahimā sakṣad avase # RV.1.129.10b.
ugraś ca bhīmaś ca # VS.17.86; 39.7; MS.4.9.17: 135.5; Mś.4.4.43. Designated as vimukha-formula PG.2.15.6. See prec., and ugrā ca bhīmā ca.
ugrā ca bhīmā ca # TA.4.23.1. See ugraś ca bhīmaś ca.
ugrā ca bhīmā ca pitṛṇāṃ yamasyendrasya # TS.4.4.11.2; KS.22.5.
uta pradhim ud ahann asya vidvān # RV.10.102.7a.
uta smainaṃ vastramathiṃ na tāyum # RV.4.38.5a; N.4.24a.
udag jāto himavataḥ # AVP.1.31.2a. See udaṅ etc.
udaṅ jāto himavataḥ # AVś.5.4.8a. See udag etc.
ud aśnuvanti mahimānam ugra # RV.7.22.8b; AVś.20.73.2b.
udīcyā diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhyebhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.28.
udno dattodadhiṃ bhintta (KS.18.15b, dehy udadhiṃ bhindhi) # TS.2.4.8.1; 4.7.13.2; KS.11.9 (ter); 18.15b. See apo datto-, and cf. deva parameṣṭhinn.
upa svadhābhiḥ sṛjathaḥ puraṃdhim # RV.1.180.6b.
upāvartata mahimānam ichan # AVś.19.56.3b. See upāvavarta etc.
upāvavarta mahimānam ichan # AVP.3.8.3b. See upāvartata etc.
ubhe sicau yatate (AVP.15.12.5b, yajate) bhīma ṛñjan # RV.1.95.7b; AVP.8.14.7b; 15.12.5b.
uruḥ prathasva mahatā mahimnā # AVś.11.1.19a; Kauś.68.27. P: uruḥ prathasva Kauś.61.37.
uśantas tvā ni dhīmahi (AVś. tvedhīmahi; TSṃS.KSṭB.Apśṃś. tvā havāmahe) # RV.10.16.12a; AVś.18.1.56a; VS.19.70a; TS.2.6.12.1a; MS.1.10.18a: 157.18; 4.10.6: 156.1; KS.21.14a; 36.12; śB.2.6.1.22a; TB.2.6.16.1; Aś.2.19.6; Apś.8.14.18; Mś.5.1.4.11; 11.9.1.5; 11.9.2.7. Ps: uśantas tvā śś.3.16.23; YDh.1.232; AuśDh.5.37; BṛhPDh.5.197; uśantaḥ Kauś.87.19.
uśantaḥ sam idhīmahi # RV.10.16.12b; AVś.18.1.56b; VS.19.70b; TS.2.6.12.1b; MS.1.10.18b: 157.18; KS.21.14b; śB.2.6.1.22b.
ūrjo napātaṃ sa hināyam asmayuḥ # RV.6.48.2a; SV.2.54a; VS.27.44a; MS.2.13.9a: 159.12; KS.39.12a; Apś.17.9.1a. P: ūrjo napātam ṣB.1.3.21 (comm.). Variations (in fragments): ūrjo napātaṃ sa hy āyumā, nāyumā, āyumā, hiṃ māyāsmāyūḥ JB.1.177.
ūrdhvaṃ nunudra utsadhiṃ pibadhyai # RV.1.88.4d.
ūrdhvāyā diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhyebhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.30.
ūrvīṃ gavyūtim abhimātiṣāhaḥ # AVP.3.27.3b.
ṛcas te mahimā (BDh. mahimā dattasyāpramādāya) # HG.2.13.1; ApMB.2.19.14 (ApG.8.21.6); BDh.2.8.14.12.
ṛcā kumbhīm adhy agnau śrayāmi # AVś.9.5.5a; AVP.14.5.9a. P: ṛcā kumbhīm Kauś.64.11. Cf. next.
etāvatī mahinā (AVś. mahimnā) saṃ babhūva # RV.10.125.8; AVś.4.30.8d.
etāvān asya mahimā # RV.10.90.3a; VS.31.3a; TA.3.12.1a. See tāvanto asya, and tāvān asya.
enā barhiṣānyā barhīṃṣy abhiṣyāma # MS.4.13.8: 211.2; KS.19.13; TB.3.6.13.1.
evo 'bhūt tato 'bhūt , yathā te mahiraḥ priyo hastenābhimṛśāt tata # JB.3.247.
eṣa nityo mahimā brāhmaṇasya # śB.14.7.2.28a; TB.3.12.9.7a; BṛhU.4.4.28a; BDh.2.6.11.30a.
eṣa mā tasmān mā hiṃsīt # AVś.7.54.2c.
aindras te śuṣmo abhimātiṣāhaḥ # AVś.5.20.2d; AVP.9.27.2d.
oja sthireva dhanvano 'bhimātīḥ # RV.10.116.6b.
ojāyamānaṃ yo ahiṃ jaghāna # RV.2.12.11c; AVś.20.34.11c; AVP.12.15.1c.
ojo mimāno mahimānam ātirat # RV.2.17.2b.
oṣadhīr dāntu parvan # part of ahiṃsanta oṣadhīr, q.v.
ka u nu te mahimanaḥ samasya # RV.10.54.3a.
ka eṣāṃ dundubhiṃ hanat # AVś.20.132.9; śś.12.18.16.
kakṣīvate aradataṃ puraṃdhim # RV.1.116.7b.
kakṣīvate śatahimāya gonām # RV.9.74.8d.
katamāsāṃ bhīmatamā # AVś.12.4.45c.
kanyakumārī (MahānU. -kumāryai) dhīmahi # TA.10.1.7b; MahānU.3.12b.
kapota iva garbhadhim # RV.1.30.4b; AVś.20.45.1b; SV.1.183b; 2.949b.
kamaṇḍaludharāya dhīmahi # MahānU.3.18b.
kam āpo adriṃ paridhiṃ rujanti # RV.4.18.6d.
kaviṃ samrājam atithiṃ janānām # RV.6.7.1c; SV.1.67c; 2.490c; VS.7.24c; 33.8c; TS.1.4.13.1c; MS.1.3.15c: 36.3; KS.4.5c; JB.3.177,178,179; PB.4.6.21; śB.4.2.4.24c.
kāṇvaṃ medhyātithim # RV.8.2.40b; RVKh.7.34.4b.
kāmamālinyai dhīmahi # MahānU.3.14b.
kārttikeyāya dhīmahi # MS.2.9.1b: 119.11.
kiṃ svid dhimasya bheṣajam # VS.23.9c,45c; TS.7.4.18.1c; MS.3.12.19c: 166.1; KSA.4.7c; śB.13.2.6.12; TB.3.9.5.4; Aś.10.9.2c; śś.16.5.3c.
kīrtiṃ vṛddhiṃ dadātu me # RVKh.5.87.7d.
kumārān babhro mā hiṃsīḥ # AVP.5.21.5c.
kūṭaṃ sma tṛṃhad abhimātim eti # RV.10.102.4b.
kṛtvāya sā mahīm ukhām # VS.11.59a; TS.4.1.5.4a; 5.1.6.4; MS.2.7.6a: 81.5; KS.16.5a; śB.6.5.2.21; Apś.16.5.3; Mś.6.1.2.12. P: kṛtvāya Kś.16.4.4.
kṛntata nābhim # GG.2.7.22.
ko asya veda bhuvanasya nābhim # VS.23.59a; śB.13.5.2.20.
kośe jāmīnāṃ nihito ahiṃsaḥ # AVP.4.14.7d.
kratuṃ devānāṃ mahimānam īmahe # MS.2.7.16a: 101.1; KS.39.3a.
khananād dahanād abhimarśanāt # ṣB.5.10a; AdB.10a.
gantaṃ nidhiṃ dhuram āṇir na nābhim # RV.5.43.8d.
gambhīrāṃ udadhīṃr iva # RV.3.45.3a; SV.2.1070a.
garbho janīnāṃ januṣām upastham # AVś.13.1.4b. See prajābhir vṛddhiṃ.
gavāṃ tvā hiṃkāreṇābhihiṃkaromi # KBU.2.11.
gātrāṇy asya mā hiṃsīḥ # MS.1.2.16: 26.9; Mś.1.8.4.5.
gāṃ mā hiṃsīr aditiṃ virājam # VS.13.43d; TS.4.2.10.2d; MS.2.7.17d: 102.5; śB.7.5.2.19. See sa gāṃ etc.
girayas te parvatā himavantaḥ # AVś.12.1.11a.
girisutāya dhīmahi # MS.2.9.1b: 119.9.
gṛdhreva vṛkṣaṃ nidhimantam acha # RV.2.39.1b.
gomāyavo 'vādiṣur ekasṛko 'vādīd abhimṛtāḥ smaḥ paridhiṃ naḥ kuru # Apś.9.12.4.
goṣṭham asi namas te astu mā mā hiṃsīḥ # ApMB.1.13.8 (ApG.3.9.3).
gaur ṇo mā hiṃsīd varuṇasya patnī # AVP.6.10.2c.
grāhiṃ pāpmānam ati tāṃ ayāma # AVś.12.3.18a. P: grāhiṃ pāpmānam Kauś.61.22.
ghṛtasya panthām amṛtasya nābhim # MS.2.3.4a: 31.3. See ghṛtasya dhārām amṛtasya.
ghṛtair bodhayatātithim # RV.8.44.1b; VS.3.1b; 12.30b; TS.4.2.3.1b; MS.2.7.10b: 87.14; KS.7.12b; 16.10b; śB.6.8.1.6; TB.1.2.1.10b.
ghorā ṛṣayo namo astv ebhyaḥ (Mś. astv adya yebhyaḥ) # AVś.2.35.4a; TS.3.2.8.2a; Mś.2.3.7.4a. See bhīmā ṛṣayo etc.
cakratuṇḍāya dhīmahi # TA.10.1.5d. Cf. vakra-.
cakṣur asya mā hiṃsīḥ # MS.1.2.16: 26.8. See cakṣus te mā.
cakṣur ākāsyaṃ bhīmam # AVP.3.28.5c.
cakṣur yeṣāṃ (var. lect. hy eṣāṃ) tapa uccabhīmam # Mś.2.3.7.4b. See under cakṣur yad.
cakṣuḥ śrotraṃ prāṇān me mā hiṃsīḥ # Aś.1.13.1.
cakṣus te mā hiṃsiṣam # KS.3.6. See cakṣur asya.
caturdaśānye mahimāno asya # RV.10.114.7a.
candramās te mahimā # VS.23.4; MS.3.12.17: 165.7; Apś.20.13.3.
caritrāṃs te mā hiṃsiṣam # KS.3.6. See caritrān asya.
caritrān asya mā hiṃsīḥ # MS.1.2.16: 26.10; Mś.1.8.4.5. See caritrāṃs te mā.
jajāna garbhaṃ mahimānam indram # AVś.3.10.12b; AVP.1.106.4b; TS.4.3.11.3b; KS.39.10b; SMB.2.3.21b; PG.3.3.5b.
janāya rātahaviṣe mahīm iṣam # RV.2.34.8d.
jane priyam iva śevadhim # AVP.12.2.2c. Cf. praiṣyaṃ janam.
jambhayanto 'hiṃ vṛkaṃ rakṣāṃsi # RV.7.38.7c; VS.9.16c; 21.10c; TS.1.7.8.2c; MS.1.11.2c: 162.11; KS.13.14c; śB.5.1.5.22c; N.12.44c.
jarūthaṃ han yakṣi rāye puraṃdhim # RV.7.9.6b; N.6.17.
jātavedo ni dhīmahi # RV.3.29.4c; VS.34.15c; TS.3.5.11.1c; MS.1.6.2c: 87.9; 1.6.7c: 97.15; KS.15.12c; AB.1.28.24c; KB.9.2.
jāmiṃ (KS. cami, read jāmiṃ) mā hiṃsīr amuyā (Mś. anu yā) śayānā (KS. -nām) # KS.31.14b; TB.3.7.5.13b; Apś.3.13.5b; Mś.1.3.5.26b. See mā jāmiṃ.
jīvantīm oṣadhīm aham # AVś.8.2.6b; 7.6b. See under ā te badhnāmy.
jīvātave te paridhiṃ dadhāmi # AVś.8.2.9e; Kauś.97.6b. Cf. imaṃ jīvebhyaḥ.
jetāram agniṃ pṛtanāsu sāsahim # VS.11.76d; TS.4.1.10.2d; MS.2.7.7d: 83.14; KS.16.7d; śB.6.6.3.9.
jemā ca me mahimā ca me # VS.18.4; TS.4.7.2.1; MS.2.11.2: 141.2; KS.18.7.
jyotiṣmantaṃ dīdyataṃ puraṃdhim # KS.2.15c; TB.2.4.1.4c; Apś.9.8.8c.
jyotīrathā ahimāyā anāgasaḥ # RV.10.63.4c.
ta ukṣitāso mahimānam āśata # RV.1.85.2a.
tat te mā hiṃsiṣam # KS.3.6.
tat tvā na hiṃsāc chivatātir astu te # AVP.5.36.4d,5d,7e.
tan mā mā hiṃsīt parame vyoman # GB.2.1.3d; Vait.3.12d. See sa mā etc.
tam asya pṛkṣam uparāsu dhīmahi # RV.1.127.5a.
tam asya viṣṇur mahimānam ojasā # RV.10.113.2a.
tam ic chaṃsa mahimānaṃ surāyāḥ # AVP.5.10.7d.
tam u tvā jahimo vayam # AVś.6.26.2b.
tam utsave ca prasave ca sāsahim # RV.1.102.1c; VS.33.29c; TB.2.7.13.4c.
tayor (Apś. tayor nāv) asthūri (Mś. asthūri ṇau) gārhapatyaṃ dīdayac chataṃ (Mś. dīdāyañ śataṃ, but most mss. -yat śataṃ) himā dvā yū # śB.3.7.4.10; Kś.6.4.3; Apś.11.19.8; Mś.2.3.6.17. See asthūri.
tasmād ghraṃsas tasmād dhimaḥ # AVś.13.1.48c.
tasmai tvā mahimne prajāpataye svāhā # TS.7.5.16.1; 17.1; KSA.5.11,12,13.
tasya jyeṣṭhaṃ mahimānaṃ vahantīḥ # RV.2.35.9c; TS.2.5.12.1c; MS.4.12.4c: 188.4.
tasya te dyaur mahimā nakṣatrāṇi rūpam ādityas te tejaḥ # TS.7.5.16.1; KSA.5.11. Cf. next but one.
tasya te 'ntarikṣaṃ mahimāpo vayāṃsi rūpaṃ vāyuṣ ṭe tejaḥ # KSA.5.12. Cf. prec. but one.
tasya te pṛthivī mahimauṣadhayo vanaspatayo rūpam agnis te tejaḥ # TS.7.5.17.1; KSA.5.13.
tān vardha bhīmasaṃdṛśaḥ # RV.5.56.2d.
tāvanto asya mahimānaḥ # AVś.19.6.3a; AVP.9.5.3a. See under etāvān asya.
tāvāṃs te maghavan mahimā # AVś.13.4.44a.
tāvān asya mahimā # ArS.4.6a; ChU.3.12.6a. See under etāvān asya.
tāsāṃ vā etāsām apāṃ himavān ūdhaḥ somo vatsaḥ parameṣṭhy adhipatiḥ # AVP.11.16.14.
tāsāṃ viliptyaṃ bhīmām # AVś.12.4.41c.
tiro mahīm aramatiṃ dadhanvire # RV.10.92.5b.
tīkṣṇadaṃṣṭrāya dhīmahi # TA.10.1.6b.
tudad ahiṃ hariśipro ya āyasaḥ # RV.10.96.4c; AVś.20.30.4c.
turaṃ bhagasya dhīmahi # RV.5.82.1d; TA.1.11.3d; Apś.6.22.1d; ChU.5.2.7d.
te tvā na hiṃsāñ chivatātir astu te # AVP.5.36.1d,2d.
tena no rāddhim āvada # Lś.4.2.2d.
tena mā surabhiṃ kṛṇu # AVś.12.1.23d,24d.
te no mā hiṃsiṣuḥ # Vait.18.4.
te badhnāmy oṣadhim # AVP.11.7.7b. See under ā te badhnāmy.
tebhyaḥ khanāmy oṣadhim # AVP.9.6.10c.
te vā anyeṣāṃ kumbhīm # AVś.12.2.51c.
te ha nākaṃ mahimānaḥ sacanta # RV.1.164.50c; 10.90.16c; AVś.7.5.1c; VS.31.16c; TS.3.5.11.5c; MS.4.10.3c: 149.1; KS.15.12c; śB.10.2.2.2; TA.3.12.7c; N.12.41c.
tokaṃ puṣyema tanayaṃ śataṃ himāḥ # RV.1.64.14d.
traya enāṃ mahimānaḥ sacante (śG. sacantām) # AVP.1.104.4d; TS.4.3.11.1d; MS.2.13.10d: 160.2; KS.39.10d; śG.3.12.3d; ApMB.2.20.30d. See mahānto asyāṃ.
trayas tiṣṭhanti parigṛhya kumbhīm # AVP.4.40.3c.
trīn paridhīṃs tisraḥ samidhaḥ # TB.3.7.4.9a; Apś.1.6.1a.
tvakcarmamāṃsarudhiramedomajjāsnāyavo 'sthīni (MahānU. -rudhirasnāyumedosthimajjā) me śudhyantām # TA.10.54.1; Tā.10.65; MahānU.20.18. P: tvakcarmaBDh.3.8.12.
tvad vīrāso abhimātiṣāhaḥ # RV.6.7.3b; KS.4.16b.
tvam iḍā śatahimāsi dakṣase # RV.2.1.11c.
tvaṃ mahīm avaniṃ viśvadhenām # RV.4.19.6a.
tvayā vayam uttamaṃ dhīmahe vayaḥ # RV.2.23.10a.
tvayā vibhinnaṃ bharati pradhiṃ pitā # RV.10.138.6d.
tvayi mahimānaṃ sādayāmi # Kauś.54.3.
tvayi mā santaṃ tvayi santaḥ sarpā mā hiṃṣiṣuḥ # AG.2.1.10. See tvayi santaṃ.
tvayi santaṃ mayi santaṃ mākṣiṣur mā rīriṣur mā hiṃsiṣur mā dāṅkṣuḥ sarpāḥ # MG.2.16.3. See tvayi mā.
tvaṣṭaḥ poṣāya viṣya nābhim asme # KS.18.17b. See under rāyas poṣaṃ viṣyatu.
tvaṣṭā nābhim akalpayat # AVP.9.11.1d.
tvaṣṭur varutrīṃ varuṇasya nābhim # MS.2.7.17a: 102.6. P: tvaṣṭur varutrīm Mś.6.1.7.28. See varutrīṃ tvaṣṭur, varūtriṃ tvaṣṭur, and varūtrīṃ tvaṣṭur.
tvāṃ naṣṭavān mahimāya pṛchate # Aś.4.11.6a.
tvām agne atithiṃ pūrvyaṃ viśaḥ # RV.5.8.2a.
tveṣaṃ vaco apāvadhīt (TSṭB. apāvadhīṃ; MS. apāvadhīḥ) svāhā # VS.5.8d (ter); TS.1.2.11.2; MS.1.2.7c: 17.5; KS.2.8 (bis); śB.3.4.4.23d--25d; TB.1.5.9.5,6.
dakṣiṇāyā diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhyebhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.26.
dadhikrāvṇo akāriṣam # RV.4.39.6a; AVś.20.137.3a; SV.1.358a; VS.23.32a; VSK.35.57a; TS.1.5.11.4a; 7.4.19.4a; MS.1.5.1a: 66.6; 1.5.6: 74.8; 3.13.1: 168.9; 4.11.1: 162.1; KS.6.9a; 7.4; KSA.4.8; AB.6.36.8; 7.33.1; GB.2.6.16; PB.1.6.17a; śB.13.2.9.9; 5.2.9; TB.3.9.7.5; Aś.2.12.5; 6.12.12; 8.3.32; śś.4.13.2; 12.25.1; Vait.32.33; Apś.4.14.1; 6.16.6; 22.1; 13.18.1; 20.18.7; Mś.2.5.4.14; --4.1.6; 9.2.4.16; śG.1.17.1; 4.5.10; GG.3.3.7; MG.1.22.3; VārG.5.6; 15.21; Svidh.1.5.5. P: dadhikrāvṇaḥ Vait.23.17; Lś.2.7.10; 11.23; Kś.10.8.9; 20.6.21; PG.2.10.16; JG.1.14; ViDh.65.12; BDh.4.5.12; ParDh.11.32; VHDh.8.29; BṛhPDh.7.28. Designated as surabhimatī (sc. ṛk) TB.3.9.7.5; BDh.2.4.7.2; 10.7.37.
dasyūñ chimyūṃś ca puruhūta evaiḥ # RV.1.100.18a.
dasrā nidhiṃ madhumantaṃ pibāthaḥ # RV.7.69.3b; MS.4.14.10b: 229.15; TB.2.8.7.7b.
dānāya samidhīmahi # SV.1.93b; JB.3.271b; Apś.16.7.3b.
divaṃ rūḍhvā mahatā mahimnā # AVś.13.1.8c. See divaṃ gatvāya.
divaṃ gatvāya mahatā mahimnā # TB.2.5.2.2c. See divaṃ rūḍhvā.
divam agreṇa mā lekhīḥ (MSṃś. hiṃsīḥ) # TS.1.3.5.1; 6.3.3.3; MS.1.2.14: 23.8; 3.9.3: 116.3; Apś.7.2.7; Mś.1.8.1.11. See dyāṃ mā lekhīḥ.
divaṃ mā hiṃsīḥ # VS.15.64; TS.4.4.3.3; MS.2.7.15: 98.9; 2.8.14: 118.6; KS.40.5; śB.8.7.3.18.
divas tvā vīryeṇa pṛthivyai mahimnāntarikṣasya poṣeṇa paśūnāṃ tejasā sarvapaśum ādadhe # TB.1.2.1.18; Apś.5.12.2; 13.8; 15.6.
divākarāya dhīmahi # MahānU.3.8b. Cf. mahādyutikarāya.
divi śravo dadhīmahi # RV.5.35.8d.
divispṛṅ mā hiṃsīḥ # MS.4.9.7: 128.3; TA.4.8.4; 5.7.8. P: divispṛk Mś.4.3.20.
divo rarapśe mahimā pṛthivyāḥ # RV.6.18.12b.
diśaḥ stha śrotraṃ me mā hiṃsiṣṭa # JUB.1.22.6.
diśo-diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhyebhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.31.
dīkṣāyai varṇena tapaso rūpeṇa manaso mahimnā vāco vibhūtyā prajāpatis tvā yunaktu prajābhyo 'pānāya # PB.1.5.10. Fragments: dīkṣāyai ... tapaso ... manaso ... vācaḥ Lś.2.5.20.
dīkṣe mā mā hiṃsīḥ # śG.6.4.1. See prec.
dudhro gaur iva bhīmayuḥ # RV.5.56.3d.
durvartur bhīmo dayate vanāni # RV.6.6.5d; N.4.17.
durvartuḥ smā bhavati bhīma ṛñjan # RV.4.38.8d.
dṛḍhaṃ granthiṃ na vi ṣyatam # RV.10.143.2c.
devaṃ savitāram abhimātiṣāham # TS.4.7.14.3b; KS.40.10b. See devaṃ trātāram etc., and devaḥ savitābhi-.
devaṃ trātāram abhimātiṣāham # RV.10.128.7b. See under devaṃ savitāram etc.
deva parameṣṭhinn apo (with ūhas, prajāpate 'po, and bṛhaspate 'po) dhehy udadhiṃ bhindhi # AVP.3.31.6a--8a. Cf. apo dattodadhiṃ, and udno dattodadhiṃ.
deva mahimnaḥ param antam āpa # RV.7.99.2b.
devasya cetato mahīm # VS.22.11a.
devaḥ savitābhimātiṣāhaḥ # AVś.5.3.9b. See under devaṃ savitāram abhi-.
devā akṛṇvann amṛtasya nābhim # RV.2.40.1d; 3.17.4d; TS.1.8.22.5d; MS.4.11.2d: 163.15; 4.13.5d: 205.14; KS.8.17d; 18.21d; TB.3.6.9.1d.
devā devasya mahimānam ojasā (TSṃS.KS. arcataḥ) # RV.5.81.3b; VS.11.6b; KS.15.11b; TS.4.1.1.2b; MS.2.7.1b: 74.4; śB.6.3.1.18.
devānāṃ nihitaṃ nidhiṃ yam indraḥ (AVP. indra, but putting yam indra with the following pāda) # AVś.19.27.9a; AVP.10.7.9a.
devānāṃ nihitaṃ nidhim # AVś.12.4.17b. So also AVP.10.7.9a, see prec.
dyutānaṃ vo atithiṃ svarṇaram # RV.6.15.4a.
dyumantaṃ samidhīmahi # RV.5.26.3b; SV.2.873b; VS.2.4b; 3.18b; TS.1.1.11.2b; śB.1.3.4.6b; 4.1.11b; 2.3.4.21; TB.3.3.6.10; śś.2.11.3b. See dyumantaḥ etc.
dyumantaṃ deva dhīmahi # RV.7.15.7b. See next but one.
dyumantaṃ dhīmahe vayam # SV.1.26b. See prec. but one.
dyumantas tvedhīmahi # AVś.18.1.57a.
dyumantaḥ samidhīmahi # AVś.18.1.57b; TS.1.5.5.4b; MS.1.1.12b: 7.14; 1.5.2b: 67.12; KS.1.11b; 6.9b. See dyumantaṃ sam-.
dyaur mahimnāntarikṣaṃ vyacasā # AVP.2.72.1b.
dvipāc catuṣpān no mā hiṃsīḥ # AVP.2.8.6c.
dhātuḥ prasādān mahimānam īśam (KU. ātmanaḥ) # TA.10.10.1d; MahānU.8.3d; KU.2.20d; śvetU.3.20d.
dhruvāyā diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhyebhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.29.
na ghraṃs tatāpa na himo jaghāna # AVś.7.18.2a. P: na ghraṃs tatāpa Vait.4.8.
na ta āpur mahimānam antarikṣe # AVś.17.1.12b.
na te vivyaṅ mahimānaṃ rajāṃsi # RV.7.21.6b; TS.7.4.15.1b; KSA.4.4b.
na devam abhimātayaḥ # RV.1.25.14c.
na nāmayati na rudati na hṛṣyati na glāyati yatra vayaṃ vadāmo yatra cābhimṛśāmasi # PG.1.16.25.
nandikeśvarāya dhīmahi # MahānU.3.3b.
na brāhmaṇo hiṃsitavyaḥ (AVP. hiṃsitavai) # AVś.5.18.6a; AVP.9.17.8a.
nama ugrāya ca bhīmāya ca # VS.16.40; TS.4.5.8.1; MS.2.9.7: 126.3; KS.17.15.
namas te vidma te nāmadheyaṃ mā no hiṃsīḥ # AVP.2.69.1--5.
namo niṣaṅgiṇa iṣudhimate # VS.16.21; TS.4.5.3.1; MS.2.9.3: 123.4; KS.17.12; ApMB.2.18.46 (ApG.7.20.16); HG.2.9.6. Cf. next but one.
namo niṣaṅgiṇe ceṣudhimate ca # VS.16.36; TS.4.5.7.1; MS.2.9.7: 125.12; KS.17.14. Cf. prec. but one.
namo mahimna uta cakṣuṣe te (AVP. -ṣe vām; MS. mahimne cakṣuṣe) # AVP.12.9.9a; TS.3.3.9.1a; MS.2.5.10a: 61.10; KS.13.9a,10. P: namo mahimne Apś.19.17.4; Mś.3.5.18; 5.2.10.45; --8.19.23.
na yaṃ hiṃsanti dhītayo na vāṇīḥ # RV.6.34.3a.
narāśaṃsasya mahimānam eṣām # RV.7.2.2a; VS.29.27a; MS.4.13.3a: 201.12; KS.37.4a; TB.3.6.3.1a; N.8.7a.
nariṣṭhāyai bhīmalam # VS.30.6; TB.3.4.1.2.
na rodasī mahimānaṃ mamāte # RV.3.32.7d.
navantam ahiṃ saṃ piṇag ṛjīṣin # RV.6.17.10d.
naśyetaḥ paro mā tvā hiṃsiṣam # AVP.2.63.2d.
nahi nu te mahimanaḥ samasya # RV.6.27.3a.
nahi nu yād adhīmasi # RV.1.80.15a.
nahī nv asya mahimānam indriyam # RV.8.3.13c; AVś.20.50.1c.
nābhā nābhiṃ na ā dade # RV.9.10.8a; SV.2.476a.
nābhiṃ yajñānāṃ sadanaṃ rayīṇām # RV.6.7.2a; SV.2.492a; KB.23.3. P: nābhiṃ yajñānām śś.3.3.5.
nābhidhṛṣe etc. # see nābhimṛśe.
nābhiṃ te mā hiṃsiṣam # KS.3.6. See nābhim asya.
nābhim asya mā hiṃsīḥ # MS.1.2.16: 26.10. See nābhiṃ te mā.
nārāyaṇāya vidmahe (MS. dhīmahi) # MS.2.9.1b: 120.4; TA.10.1.6a; MahānU.3.16a.
nāsya te mahimānaṃ pari ṣṭaḥ # RV.1.61.8d; AVś.20.35.8d.
ni te deṣṇasya dhīmahi prareke # RV.3.30.19b; TB.2.5.4.1b.
nidhiṃ śevadhiṃ pari dadma etam # AVś.12.3.46b.
nidhiṃ nidhipā abhy enam ichāt # AVś.12.3.42a. P: nidhiṃ nidhipāḥ Kauś.62.10.
nidhiṃ bibhratī bahudhā guhā vasu # AVś.12.1.44a. P: nidhiṃ bibhratī Kauś.24.39.
ni yudhyāmadhim aśiśād abhīke # RV.7.18.24d.
nir antarikṣād adhamo mahām ahim # RV.8.3.20c.
niśiśānā atithim asya yonau # RV.7.3.5c.
niśiṣan mandram atithim udīrat # RV.4.2.7b.
ni sarvasena iṣudhīṃr asakta # RV.1.33.3a.
nīcā viśvā abhitiṣṭhābhimātīḥ # TB.2.4.7.3b.
nūnaṃ so asya mahimā paniṣṭa # RV.7.45.2c.
nṛṣācaḥ śūrāḥ śavasāhimanyavaḥ # RV.1.64.9b.
paktāram aghnye mā hiṃsīḥ # AVś.10.9.11c.
patnīṃ mā hiṃsīḥ # Apś.9.2.9; Mś.3.1.26.
padmāsanāya dhīmahi # MS.2.9.1b: 120.2.
parā ṇudasva vyathayābhimātim # AVP.2.72.5a.
pari yat te mahimānaṃ vṛjadhyai # RV.3.31.17c.
parivṛṅdhi (TSṃS.śB. -vṛṅgdhi) harasā mābhimaṃsthāḥ (TS. mābhi mṛkṣaḥ; MS. mābhiśocīḥ) # VS.13.41c; TS.4.2.10.1c; MS.2.7.17c: 102.1; KS.16.17c; śB.7.5.2.17.
pari sūryasya paridhīṃr apaśyat (MS. aporṇu) # RV.10.139.4d; MS.4.9.11d: 132.1; TA.4.11.7d.
paro grāhiṃ kravyādaḥ piśācān # AVś.8.2.12b.
parjanyasya maruta udadhiṃ sānv ā hata # AVP.5.15.7c.
pary asya mahimā pṛthivīṃ samudram # AVś.13.2.45a.
pavamāno garbham ānañja dhīraḥ # KS.13.9b. See under antar mahimānam.
pavamāno dhīra ānañja garbham # TS.3.3.10.2b. See under antar mahimānam.
paśūn asmākaṃ mā hiṃsīḥ # TB.3.3.2.5c; Apś.3.4.8c; Mś.3.2.1c; --3.5.7c; --3.5.12c; GG.1.8.28c; KhG.2.1.26c.
paśūnāṃ tvā hiṃkāreṇābhijighrāmi (SMB.ApMB. hiṃkāreṇābhijighrāmy asau; HG. huṃkāreṇābhijighrāmy asāv āyuṣe varcase hum) # SMB.1.5.19; GG.2.8.22; HG.2.4.17; ApMB.2.12.1; JG.1.8; VārG.3.9. P: paśūnāṃ tvā KhG.2.3.14.
paśūn mā hiṃsīḥ # Apś.9.2.9; Mś.3.1.26.
paśyann anyasyā atithiṃ vayāyāḥ # RV.10.124.3a.
pāyuṃ te mā hiṃsiṣam # KS.3.6. See pāyum asya.
pāyum asya mā hiṃsīḥ # MS.1.2.16: 26.11. See pāyuṃ te mā.
pitṛṇām oṣadhīṃ priyām # TA.6.9.1b.
pībasphākam udārathim # AVś.4.7.3b. See pīvasphākam, and cf. pīvo vṛkka.
pīvasphākam udārathim # AVP.2.1.2b. See under pībasphākam.
puṇyāhaṃ svastyayanam (JG.ApDh. svasty) ṛddhim # HG.1.1.6; 7.22; 8.7; 9.8; 17.6; 26.15; 27.1; 28.1; 2.1.3; 2.2; 4.10; 5.2; 6.2; 17.13; JG.2.6; ApDh.1.4.13.9.
pumān bāṇa (AVP. vāṇa) iveṣudhim # AVś.3.23.2b; AVP.3.14.2b; AG.1.13.6b (crit. notes); śG.1.19.6b; HG.1.25.1b; ApMB.1.12.9b.
puṣyema (ā. puṣyanto) rayiṃ dhīmahe ta (ā. tam) indra # SV.1.444b; ā.5.2.2.12b; śś.18.15.5b.
pūṣā te granthiṃ viṣyatu # MS.1.1.12: 7.9; Apś.2.8.3; Mś.1.2.5.28.
pūṣā te granthiṃ grathnātu # MS.1.1.2: 2.2; 4.1.2: 3.18; TS.1.1.2.2; KS.1.2; 31.1; TB.3.2.2.8; Apś.1.4.13; VārG.15.26. P: pūṣā te granthim Mś.1.1.1.44.
pūṣā viṣṇur mahimā vāyur aśvinā # RV.10.66.5b.
pṛchāmi tvā bhuvanasya nābhim # AVP.13.7.10c; TS.7.4.18.2b; KSA.4.7b; TB.3.9.5.5. See pṛchāmi yatra, and pṛchāmi viśvasya.
pṛchāmi viśvasya bhuvanasya nābhim # AVś.9.10.13c. See under pṛchāmi tvā bhu-.
pṛthivi devayajani mā hiṃsiṣaṃ tā oṣadhīnāṃ mūlam # MS.1.1.10: 5.13; 4.1.10: 12.15. P: pṛthivi devayajani Mś.1.2.4.10. See next.
pṛthivi devayajany oṣadhyās te mūlaṃ mā hiṃsiṣam # VS.1.25; TS.1.1.9.1; KS.1.9; 31.8; śB.1.2.4.16; TB.3.2.9.2,3. P: pṛthivi devayajani Kś.2.6.16; Apś.2.1.5. See prec. two.
pṛthivi mātar mā mā hiṃsīḥ (VS.śB. hiṃsīr mo ahaṃ tvām) # VS.10.23; TS.3.3.2.2; śB.5.4.3.20; śś.1.5.9. P: pṛthivi mātaḥ Kś.15.6.25. Cf. mā māṃ mātā.
pṛthivispṛṅ (MS. pṛthivī-) mā mā hiṃsīḥ # MS.4.9.7: 128.4; TA.4.8.4; 5.7.8.
pṛthivīṃ mātaraṃ mahīm # TB.2.4.6.8a; Aś.2.10.21a.
pṛthivīṃ mā hiṃsīḥ # VS.13.8; TS.4.2.9.1; MS.2.7.15: 98.7; 2.8.14: 117.7; KS.39.3; śB.7.4.2.7.
pṛthivyā niḥ śaśā ahim # RV.1.80.1d; SV.1.410d.
popriṃ vayam amṛtaṃ jātovāhoyividosam (JB.1.176, -taṃ jāto vā , hiṃ māyi dāyivam) # JB.1.169,176. Fragment: poprim JB.1.169,176; dāsam, dāyivam JB.1.176. Variations of pra-pra etc.
prajāṃ cid asyā mā hiṃsīḥ # AVP.2.67.3c.
prajāṃ tvaṣṭā vi ṣyatu nābhim asme # RV.2.3.9c; TS.3.1.11.2c; MS.4.14.8c: 227.2.
prajābhir vṛddhiṃ januṣām upastham # TB.2.5.2.1b. See garbho janīnāṃ.
prajāṃ mā hiṃsīḥ # Mś.3.1.26.
prati bhāgaṃ na dīdhima (SV.JB. dīdhimaḥ) # RV.8.99.3d; AVś.20.58.1d; SV.1.267d; 2.669d; VS.33.41d; JB.3.261d; N.6.8d.
prati stomaṃ dadhīmahi turāṇām # RV.7.40.1b.
pratīcyā diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne # AVś.9.3.27.
pra te mahīṃ sumatiṃ vevidāma # RV.7.24.6b.
pra te mātā mahimānam uvāca # RV.7.98.3b; AVś.20.87.3b.
pra pūṣaṇaṃ viṣṇum agniṃ puraṃdhim # RV.6.21.9c; śś.14.71.4.
pra bodhayā puraṃdhim # RV.1.134.3d.
prabhākarāya dhīmahi # MS.2.9.1b: 120.6.
pra yātana sakhīṃr achā sakhāyaḥ # RV.1.165.13b; MS.4.11.3b: 170.2; KS.9.18b.
pra yā mahimnā mahināsu cekite # RV.6.61.13a.
pra vo mahīm aramatiṃ kṛṇudhvam # RV.7.36.8a.
pra vo vāyuṃ rathayujaṃ puraṃdhim # RV.10.64.7a.
pra su va āpo mahimānam uttamam # RV.10.75.1a. Cf. BṛhD.7.115.
prācyā diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne # AVś.9.3.25.
prāṇaṃ te mā hiṃsiṣam # KS.3.6. See prāṇam asya.
prāṇam asya mā hiṃsīḥ # MS.1.2.16: 26.7; 3.10.1: 128.12; Mś.1.8.4.4. See prāṇaṃ te mā.
prāṇāpānābhyāṃ gupitaḥ śataṃ himāḥ # AVś.2.28.4d; AVP.1.12.3d.
prāmūṃ (AVP. prāmūñ) jayābhīme jayantu # AVś.6.126.3a; AVP.15.12.1a. See āmūr aja.
priyaṃ śiśītātithim # RV.6.16.42b; TS.3.5.11.5b; MS.4.10.3b: 148.11; KS.15.12b.
priyaṃ-priyaṃ vo atithiṃ gṛṇīṣaṇi # RV.6.15.6b.
priyāṃ apidhīṃr vaniṣīṣṭa medhiraḥ # RV.1.127.7f.
priyo me mahiro dṛśe hastenābhimṛśāt tata # JB.3.247.
preṣṭhaṃ vo atithiṃ gṛṇīṣe # RV.1.186.3a.
preṣṭhaṃ vo atithim # RV.8.84.1a; SV.1.5a; 2.594a; JB.3.232a; PB.14.12.1. P: preṣṭhaṃ vaḥ Aś.4.13.7; 7.8.1; śś.12.11.18. Cf. BṛhD.6.98.
praiṣyaṃ janam iva śevadhim # AVś.5.22.14c. Cf. jane priyam.
balenādṛṃhad abhimātihendraḥ # MS.4.14.12b: 236.2; TB.2.8.4.3b.
bādhante viśvam abhimātinam apa # RV.1.85.3c.
bṛhaspate bhīmam amitradambhanam # RV.2.23.3c; KS.26.11c.
bṛhaspater ahimāyāṃ abhi dyūn # RV.1.190.4d.
brahmaṇe tvāhutādya mā mā hiṃsīḥ # Apś.3.20.7.
bṛhan mā mā hiṃsīḥ # JB.1.129.
brahmāṇaṃ yatra hiṃsanti # AVś.5.19.8c.
brahmāṇaṃ mā hiṃsīḥ # Apś.9.2.9; Mś.3.1.26.
brāhmaṇam ahiṃsīr brahmahiṃsito 'si svāhā # AVP.3.16.3.
bhagaṃ dhiyaṃ vājayantaḥ puraṃdhim # RV.2.38.10a; MS.4.14.6a: 224.2; TB.2.8.6.3a; Aś.3.7.14.
bhagaṃ na kāre mahiratna dhīmahi # RV.1.141.10d.
bhadrām akar devahūtiṃ no adya # RV.10.53.3d; TS.1.3.14.2d; MS.4.11.1d: 162.7. See mahīm akar.
bharam indrāya yad ahiṃ jaghāna # RV.5.29.8d.
bhargo devasya dhīmahi # RV.3.62.10b; SV.2.812b; VS.3.35b; 22.9b; 30.2b; 36.3b; TS.1.5.6.4b; 4.1.11.1b; MS.4.10.3b: 149.14; GB.1.1.35; DB.3.25b; śB.2.3.4.39b; 14.9.3.12; TA.1.11.2b; 10.27.1b; Tā.10.35b; BṛhU.6.3.12; MahānU.15.2b; MU.6.7b; JUB.4.28.2; śś.2.10.2; Kauś.91.7; SMB.1.6.29b; HG.1.6.11; BDh.2.10.17.14b.
bhinad valasya paridhīṃr iva tritaḥ # RV.1.52.5d; MS.4.12.3d: 185.5.
bhiṣajaḥ samidhīmahi # Apś.16.11.11b.
bhīmaṃ devaṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6. Cf. bhīmāya devāya.
bhīmāya devāya svāhā # ApMB.2.18.20 (ApG.7.20.4); HG.2.8.6. Cf. bhīmaṃ devaṃ.
bhuñjati mā mā hiṃsīḥ # PB.1.8.7. P: bhuñjati Lś.2.7.19.
bhuvad vājeṣv avitā bhūvād dhiṃ māyi vārdhā # JB.1.177. Variation of the preceding mantra.
bhūmir bhūtvā mahimānaṃ pupoṣa # TB.3.7.6.4a; Apś.4.5.5a.
bhūya evātaḥ somo rājārhati mahāṃs tv eva gor mahimā # śB.3.3.3.1,3; Kś.7.8.8.
bhedasya cic chardhato vinda randhim # RV.7.18.18b.
bhojā jigyuḥ surabhiṃ yonim agre # RV.10.107.9a.
matsad ahiṃ vṛtram apāṃ jinvad udāryam udyān divi samudraṃ parvatāṃ iha # Aś.6.2.11.
madema śatahimāḥ suvīrāḥ # RV.6.4.8d; 10.7b; 12.6d; 13.6d; 17.15b; 24.10d; AVś.19.12.1d; 20.63.3d; 124.6d; SV.1.454b; MS.1.6.1d: 86.6; KS.7.12d.
manuṣvat tvā ni dhīmahi # RV.5.21.1a; KS.2.9a; 7.13a; 39.13a; TB.3.11.6.3a; Apś.7.7.1a; 16.35.5a; Mś.1.7.3.43a.
manuṣvat sam idhīmahi # RV.5.21.1b; KS.2.9b; 7.13b; 39.13b; TB.3.11.6.3b; Apś.7.7.1b; 16.35.5b; Mś.1.7.3.43b.
manuṣvad deva dhīmahi pracetasam # RV.1.44.11c. See vanuṣvad.
mandra ojiṣṭho bahulābhimānaḥ # RV.10.73.1b; VS.33.64b; MS.1.3.20b: 37.9; KS.4.8b; AB.8.2.1; TB.2.8.3.5b.
marutāṃ mahimā satyo asti # RV.1.167.7b.
marutsu vo dadhīmahi # RV.5.52.4a.
marudgaṇe vṛjane manma dhīmahi # RV.10.66.2c.
mahas te sato mahimā panasyate (SV. paniṣṭama) # RV.8.101.11c; AVś.20.58.3c; SV.1.276c; 2.1138c; VS.33.39c. See mahāṃs te.
mahāṃs te mahato mahimā # AVś.13.2.29c. See mahas te sato mahimā.
mahāṃs tveva gor mahimā # śB.3.3.3.1,3; Kś.7.8.8.
mahājapāya dhīmahi # MS.2.9.1b: 120.12.
mahādurgāyai dhīmahi # MahānU.3.13b.
mahādevasya dhīmahi # TA.10.1.5b. See sahasrākṣasya mahā-.
mahādevāya dhīmahi # MS.2.9.1b: 119.7; KS.17.11b; TA.10.1.5b; 45.1b; MahānU.3.2b; 17.4b.
mahādyutikārāya dhīmahi # TA.10.1.7b; MahānU.3.9b. Cf. divākarāya etc.
mahāntam asya mahimānam āhuḥ # ChU.4.3.7c; JUB.3.2.4c.
mahānto asyāṃ mahimāno antaḥ # AVś.3.10.4c; 8.9.11c. See traya enāṃ.
mahān hy asya mahimā panasyate # RV.10.75.9c.
mahārājāya dhīmahi # MS.2.9.1b: 120.8.
mahāsenāya dhīmahi # TA.10.1.6b; MahānU.3.5b.
mahīm ū ṣu mātaraṃ suvratānām # AVś.7.6.2a; VS.21.5a; TS.1.5.11.5a; MS.4.10.1a: 144.10; KS.30.4a (bis),5a; AB.1.9.7; Aś.2.1.29a; 3.8.1; 4.3.2; śś.2.2.14a (5.5.2; 9.27.2, comm.). Ps: mahīm ū ṣu mātaram TB.3.1.3.3; Kś.19.7.16; Apś.21.21.9; Mś.7.2.6.7; mahīm ū ṣu TS.7.1.18.2; 4.17.2; MS.4.12.4: 188.13; 4.14.4: 220.13; KS.11.13; 19.14; KSA.1.9; 4.6; TA.1.13.2; Mś.5.1.4.25; Kauś.52.10; 71.23; 79.3; 86.26. Cf. BṛhD.7.104.
mahendrasyāhaṃ devayajyayā jemānaṃ mahimānaṃ (KS. jehamānaṃ bhūmānaṃ) gameyam # TS.1.6.2.4; 11.7; KS.5.1; 32.1 (here ms. jemānaṃ); Mś.1.4.2.6.
maho mahīṃ suṣṭutim īrayāmi # RV.2.33.8b.
maho rāye tam u tvā sam idhīmahi # RV.8.23.16c.
mākṣiṣur mā rīriṣur ma hiṃsiṣur mā dāṅkṣuḥ sarpāḥ # MG.2.16.3.
te putraṃ rakṣo hiṃsīt # HG.2.4.2a. See mā te kumāraṃ.
tvā tārīd abhimātir janānām # RV.10.69.5b.
tvā hiṃsiṣam # TS.1.1.4.2; 3.13.1; TB.3.2.4.5; 7.5.5; Apś.2.18.9; Mś.1.3.2.12.
tvā hiṃsīt (KS. hiṃsīḥ) # VS.20.1; TS.1.8.16.1; KS.38.4; TB.1.7.10.2; 2.6.5.1; śB.12.8.3.9; Apś.18.18.7. P: mā tvā Kś.19.4.8.
dyāvāpṛthivī abhiśocīḥ (TS. -śūśucaḥ; MS. hiṃsīḥ; KS. -śucaḥ; TA. hīḍiṣātām) # VS.11.45c; TS.4.1.4.3c; 5.1.5.6; MS.2.7.4c: 79.4; KS.16.4c; 19.5; śB.6.4.4.4; TA.4.20.2d. See mā no dyāvā-.
na star abhimātaye # RV.8.3.2b; SV.2.772b.
nas tāriṣur abhimātayaḥ # AVś.2.7.4d.
no devā iha hiṃsīt kapotaḥ # AVś.6.27.3d. See mā no hiṃsīd iha.
no vadhīḥ pitaraṃ mota mātaram # RV.1.114.7c; VS.16.15c; TS.4.5.10.2c; Tā.10.52c; Mś.3.1.28c. See mā ho hiṃsīḥ pitaraṃ.
no vadhīr vidyutā deva sasyam # AVś.7.11.1c. Cf. mā no hiṃsīr divyenāgninā.
no hāsīn metthito net tvā jahāma # TB.3.7.2.7c; Apś.9.3.1c. See mā no hiṃsīd dhiṃsito, and mā mā hāsīn.
no hiṃsiṣṭa # SMB.2.1.7. See mā mā hiṃsiṣṭa.
no hiṃsiṣṭaṃ harasā daivyena (text devyena) # AVP.12.9.9d. See mā no hiṃsīr harasā.
no hiṃsiṣṭaṃ dvipado mā catuṣpadaḥ # AVś.11.2.1d.
no hiṃsiṣṭa yat tapaḥ # AVś.19.40.3b.
no hiṃsīḥ kumāryaḥ # AVP.5.21.5d.
no hiṃsīḥ pitaraṃ mātaraṃ ca # AVś.11.2.29c. See mā no vadhīḥ.
no hiṃsīc chāgo aśvo vaśā ca # AVP.5.28.6d.
no hiṃsīj janitā yaḥ pṛthivyāḥ # RV.10.121.9a; TS.4.2.7.1a; MS.2.7.14a: 95.1; KS.16.14a; Apś.16.20.5. P: mā no hiṃsīj janitā Mś.6.1.6.4. See mā mā hiṃsīj etc.
no hiṃsīj jātavedaḥ # TA.10.1.5a; MahānU.2.10a; ApMB.1.9.10a (ApG.3.8.5); HG.1.18.5a.
no hiṃsīd iha devāḥ kapotaḥ # RV.10.165.3d; MG.2.17.1d. See mā no devā iha.
no hiṃsīd dhiṃsito (some mss. insert dadhāmi) na tvā jahāmi # Aś.1.12.37c. See under mā no hāsīn.
no hiṃsīr adhi no brūhi # AVś.11.2.20a.
no hiṃsīr divyenāgninā sasyāṃ (followed by y-, read sasyān) # AVP.15.22.5c. Cf. mā no vadhīr vidyutā.
no hiṃsīr dvipado mā catuṣpadaḥ # AVP.15.23.11c.
no hiṃsīr mahataḥ # AVP.5.21.5a.
no hiṃsīr harasā daivyena # AVP.11.5.10d. See mā no hiṃsiṣṭaṃ harasā.
no hiṃsīḥ (read hiṃsīt) śapatho mābhicāraḥ # Mś.1.6.1.21c.
no hiṃsīḥ (śG.3.4.2c, hiṃsī) sthaviraṃ mā kumāram # śG.1.7.9c; 3.4.2c.
no hṛṇītām atithir (SV. hṛṇīthā atithiṃ) vasur agniḥ # RV.8.103.12a; SV.1.110a.
māpo mauṣadhīr hiṃsīḥ # VS.6.22; śB.3.8.5.10; śś.8.12.11. P: māpo mauṣadhīḥ Kś.6.10.3.
māṃ hiṃsiṣṭaṃ yat etc. # see mā mā hiṃsiṣṭaṃ svaṃ etc.
māṃ purodhiṃ kṛṇuthāḥ # AVP.7.9.7b.
māṃ mātā pṛthivī hiṃsīt # TS.1.8.15.1; MS.2.6.12: 71.5. Cf. pṛthivi mātar.
mā hiṃsiṣṭa # VS.5.34; PB.1.4.15; Aś.5.3.15; śś.6.13.1; Vait.18.8; JG.1.12. See mā no hiṃsiṣṭa.
mā (KS. māṃ) hiṃsiṣṭaṃ svaṃ (KS. yat svaṃ) yonim āviśantau (KS. āviśāthaḥ) # MS.2.3.8d: 36.12; KS.17.19d. See mā mā hiṃsīḥ svāṃ, and mainaṃ hiṃsiṣṭaṃ.
mā hiṃsiṣṭam (AVP. -ṭaṃ svāhā) # AVś.5.9.8; AVP.6.12.1; TS.1.4.1.2; MS.1.1.13: 8.7; KS.37.15,16; śB.1.5.1.25; śś.1.6.11.
mā hiṃsīḥ # VS.3.63; 18.53; 37.20; 38.16; TS.1.2.2.2; 3.3.1; 3.5.6.2; 4.7.13.2; 5.5.9.3; 6.1.3.7; MS.1.2.2 (bis): 10.18; 11.6; 1.2.12: 22.1; 1.4.3: 51.7; 2.9.10 (bis): 130.8,10; 2.12.3: 146.13; 3.3.6: 68.1; 4.9.6: 127.2; 4.9.9: 130.4; 4.9.11: 132.8; KS.2.3 (quinq.),13; 18.15; 38.4; AB.1.22.10; PB.1.1.7; 5.6; 7.2; JB.1.361; śB.3.2.1.8; 7.2.1.11; 9.4.4.5; 12.8.3.9; 14.1.4.15; 2.2.42; TB.3.7.5.5; 10.4.3; TA.1.31.3; 4.5.5; 7.5; 10.5; 11.7; 28.1; 5.4.8; 8.12; 9.9; KA.2.114; 3.150; Tā.10.72; Aś.4.7.4; śś.4.20.1; 6.12.3; 17.13.10; Lś.1.7.15; 9.3; 3.12.13; 5.7.6; 9.7.16; Apś.2.5.7; 18.9; 3.3.8; 10.9.17; 11.14.9; 17.23.8; 24.14.12 (bis); Mś.1.2.5.10; 1.3.2.12; 2.3.2.13; AG.4.8.22; SMB.1.7.9; ApMB.1.13.8,9; HG.1.9.10; 16.3. See mā mā hiṃsīt, and mā hiṃsīḥ.
mā hiṃsīj janitā yaḥ pṛthivyāḥ # VS.12.102a; VSK.29.36; śB.7.3.1.20. P: mā mā hiṃsīt VS.32.3; Kś.17.3.11. See mā no hiṃsīj etc.
mā hiṃsīt (VS.KS.śB. -sīḥ) # VS.20.1; KS.38.4; TS.1.8.16.1; śB.12.8.3.9; TB.1.7.10.2; 2.6.5.1; Apś.18.18.7. See mā mā hiṃsīḥ.
mā hiṃsīr adhigataṃ purastāt (Mś. adds svāhā) # Apś.7.6.5d; Mś.1.7.3.40d.
mā hiṃsīḥ svāṃ (KS. svaṃ) yonim āviśantī (KSṭB.Apś. āviśan) # VS.19.7d; KS.37.18d; śB.12.7.3.14; TB.1.4.2.2d; 2.6.1.4d; Apś.19.3.4d. See under mā mā hiṃsiṣṭaṃ svaṃ.
me 'vāṅ nābhim atigāḥ # TS.3.2.5.3d; Kś.9.12.4d; Mś.2.4.1.35d. See prec.
yajñaṃ hiṃsiṣṭaṃ mā yajñapatiṃ jātavedasau # VS.5.3c; 12.60c; TS.1.3.7.2c; 4.2.5.2c; MS.1.2.7c: 16.9; śB.3.4.1.24c. P: mā yajñaṃ hiṃsiṣṭam Mś.8.13.12 (14). See mā hiṃsiṣṭaṃ yajña-.
yuvam asmān hiṃsiṣṭam # KS.3.10.
vaḥ śivā oṣadhayo mūlaṃ hiṃsiṣam # MS.1.1.10: 5.16. P: mā vaḥ śivā oṣadhayaḥ Mś.1.2.4.14.
vāṃ hiṃsiṣam # TS.1.4.1.2; MS.1.3.3: 31.5; KS.3.10.
māsmān yuvaṃ hiṃsiṣṭam # MS.1.3.3: 31.6.
māhaṃ mātaraṃ pṛthivīṃ hiṃsiṣam # TS.1.8.15.1.
mihaṃ vasāna upa hīm adudrot # RV.2.30.3c.
mṛgaṃ na bhīmam upahatnum ugram # RV.2.33.11b; TS.4.5.10.4b; NṛpU.2.4b. See rājānaṃ bhīmam.
mṛgā na bhīmās taviṣībhir arcinaḥ (TB. taviṣebhir ūrmibhiḥ) # RV.2.34.1b; TB.2.5.5.4b.
mṛgo na bhīmaḥ kucaro giriṣṭhāḥ # RV.1.154.2b; 10.180.2a; AVś.7.26.2b; 84.3a; AVP.1.77.2a; SV.2.1223a; VS.5.20b; 18.71a; TS.1.6.12.4a; MS.1.2.9b: 19.12; 4.12.3a: 183.14; KS.2.10b; 8.16a; śB.3.5.3.23b; 9.5.2.5; TB.2.4.3.4b; NṛpU.2.4b; Aś.2.10.14; Apś.11.9.1b; N.1.20. P: mṛgo na bhīmaḥ śś.3.1.3; Vait.29.5; MG.2.15.6.
mṛgo na bhīmo arakṣasas tuviṣmān # RV.1.190.3d.
mṛḍāsmabhyaṃ mota hiṃsīḥ paśūn naḥ # Kauś.72.34b.
meḍhraṃ te mā hiṃsiṣam # KS.3.6. See meḍhram asya.
meḍhram asya mā hiṃsīḥ # MS.1.2.16: 26.10. See meḍhraṃ te mā.
memam anye mṛtyavo hiṃsiṣuḥ śataṃ ye # AVś.2.28.1b. See mainam anye mṛtyavo.
maitaṃ panthām anu gā bhīma eṣaḥ # AVś.8.1.10a.
mainam anye mṛtyavo hiṃsiṣus tvat # AVP.1.12.1b. See memam anye mṛtyavo.
maivāpo moṣadhīr (!) hiṃsīḥ # Aś.3.6.24a.
yaṃ śevadhim āvahāj jātavedāḥ # AVś.6.123.1b. See yam āvahāc.
yakṣataḥ svau mahimānau # Mś.5.1.3.27. Cf. next but two.
yakṣat svaṃ mahimānam # VS.21.47; MS.4.13.7: 209.6; KS.18.21; śB.1.7.3.13; TB.3.5.7.6; 6.11.4; 12.2; Aś.1.6.5. Cf. prec. but two.
yajamānaṃ mā hiṃsīḥ # Apś.9.2.9 (quater); Mś.3.1.26. See yajñaṃ etc.
yajūṃṣi te mahimā (BDh. adds dattasyāpramādāya) # ApMB.2.19.16; HG.2.13.1; BDh.2.8.14.12.
yajñam āhur bhuvanasya nābhim # TS.7.4.18.2b; KSA.4.7b. See ayaṃ yajño bhuvanasya.
yajñaṃ mā hiṃsīḥ # Mś.3.1.26. See yajamānaṃ etc.
yajñasya tvā pramayābhimayā parimayonmayā (Apś. pratimayā) parigṛhṇāmi # MS.1.4.11: 60.9; Apś.4.5.4; 9.13.6. P: yajñasya tvā pramayābhimayā Mś.1.4.1.14. See next two.
yajñasya tvā pramayābhimayonmayā pratimayā parigṛhṇāmi # KS.5.4; 32.4. See prec. and next.
yajñasya tvā pramayonmayābhimayā pratimayā # Aś.3.13.15. See prec. two.
yajñasya pramābhimonmā pratimā vedyāṃ kriyamāṇāyām # KS.34.14.
yajñasya vṛddhim anu vardha # ApMB.2.10.8.
yaṃ johavīmi pṛtanāsu sāsahim # AVś.3.21.3c; AVP.3.12.3c; MS.2.13.13c: 163.3; KS.40.3c.
yataḥ pūrvāṃ iva sakhīṃr anu hvaya # RV.5.53.16c.
yat te sujāte himavatsu bheṣajam # TB.2.5.6.4a.
yat pitaraṃ mātaraṃ vā jihiṃsima # KS.9.6b. See yan mātaraṃ yat, and yan mātaraṃ pitaraṃ.
yatra cābhimṛśāmasi # ApMB.2.13.5c. See yatra vābhi-.
yatra vābhimṛśāmasi # HG.2.4.5c. See yatra cābhi-.
yat saṃpiṃṣanty oṣadhim # RV.10.85.3b; AVś.14.1.3b; N.11.4b.
yat sasantaṃ vajreṇābodhayo 'him # RV.1.103.7b.
yat sīṃ mahīm avaniṃ prābhi marmṛśat # RV.1.140.5c.
yathā nīpātithiṃ dhane # RV.8.49 (Vāl.1).9d.
yathā prāvo maghavan medhyātithim # RV.8.49 (Vāl.1).9c.
yad asyāṃ nṛmṇaṃ mahimā babhūva # AVP.6.10.8b.
yadi saumy asi somāt tvā niṣkrīṇāmi (Rvidh. somāya tvā parikrīṇāmy oṣadhim) # ApG.3.9.5; Rvidh.4.11.4. See under prec.
yad udghnanto jihiṃsima # Apś.4.5.5a.
yad udghnanto jihiṃsima krūram asyāḥ # Apś.4.5.5a.
yad ait kṛṇvāno mahimānam indriyam # RV.10.113.1c; AB.5.18.16; KB.26.12.
yad brahmāvādiṣma tan mā mā hiṃsīt # KA.1.219L.
yady unmṛṣṭaṃ yadi vābhimṛṣṭam # Kauś.124.4a.
yad vā jāmiṃ jihiṃsima # AVP.9.22.6b.
yad vidvāṃsā nidhim ivāpagūḍham # RV.1.116.11c.
yad vairahatyam uta bhīmam āsīt # AVP.3.23.2c.
yan mātaraṃ pitaraṃ vā jihiṃsima # AVś.6.120.1b; TS.1.8.5.3b; MS.1.10.3b: 143.1; 4.14.17b: 245.1; TB.3.7.12.4b; TA.2.6.2b; Aś.2.7.11b. See under yat pitaraṃ.
yam atra nādhīmas tasmai svāhā # TA.6.2.1.
yama mṛtyo mainaṃ hiṃsīḥ # AVP.2.19.5a.
yam āvahāc chevadhiṃ jātavedāḥ # AVP.2.60.4b; VS.18.59b; TS.5.7.7.1b; KS.40.13b; śB.9.5.1.46; Mś.2.5.5.21b. See yaṃ śevadhim.
yamena tataṃ paridhiṃ vayantaḥ # RV.7.33.9c.
yamena tataṃ paridhiṃ vayiṣyan # RV.7.33.12c.
yaṃ paridhiṃ paryadhatthāḥ # VS.2.17a; TS.1.1.13.2a; MS.4.1.14a: 20.5; KS.1.12a; 31.11; śB.1.8.3.22a; TB.3.3.9.5; Apś.3.7.12; Mś.1.3.4.26a. P: yaṃ paridhim Kś.3.6.17.
yavasya mahimā mahān # AVP.9.9.3b.
yas tigmaśṛṅgo vṛṣabho na bhīmaḥ # RV.7.19.1a; AVś.20.37.1a; AB.6.18.3; 19.3; ā.5.2.2.3; Vait.31.25; GB.2.6.1 (bis). P: yas tigmaśṛṅgaḥ Aś.7.5.20; 7.5; 8.6.12; śś.12.4.14.
yas te agnau mahimā tena saṃbhava # PB.7.7.19c. See the first three pādas of next.
yas te agnau mahimā yas te apsu # JB.1.128a,327a. The entire stanza resembles AVś.19.3.2; KS.7.13. See prec., yas te apsu, and yas te goṣu.
yas te apsu mahimā yo vaneṣu # AVś.19.3.2a; AVP.1.73.2a; KS.7.13a. See under yas te agnau mahimā yas.
yas te goṣu mahimā yas te apsu # PB.7.7.19a. P: yas te goṣu Lś.2.9.8. See under yas te agnau mahimā yas.
yas te deveṣu mahimā svarge (TB.Apś. suv-; AVP. svargaḥ) # AVś.19.3.3a; AVP.1.73.3a; TB.1.2.1.21a; Apś.5.13.4a.
yas te rātrau saṃvatsare mahimā saṃbabhūva yas te pṛthivyām agnau mahimā saṃbabhūva yas te nakṣatreṣu candramasi mahimā saṃbabhūva tasmai te mahimne prajāpataye devebhyaḥ svāhā # VS.23.4. Ps: yas te rātrau saṃvatsare mahimā saṃbabhūva śB.13.5.3.7; yas te rātrau Kś.20.7.26.
yas te 'han saṃvatsare mahimā saṃbabhūva yas te vāyāv (VSK. vāyā) antarikṣe mahimā saṃbabhūva yas te divi sūrye mahimā saṃbabhūva tasmai te mahimne prajāpataye svāhā devebhyaḥ # VS.23.2; VSK.25.2. Ps: yas te 'han saṃvatsare mahimā saṃbabhūva śB.13.5.2.23; yas te 'han Kś.20.7.16.
yasmin vayaṃ dadhimā śaṃsam indre # RV.10.42.6a; AVś.20.89.6a.
yasya tarema tarasā śataṃ himāḥ # RV.5.54.15d.
yasya tyat te mahimānaṃ madeṣu # RV.10.112.4a.
yasya bhīmaḥ pratīkāśaḥ # AVś.9.8.6a.
yasya viśve himavanto mahitvā # AVś.4.2.5a; AVP.4.1.6a. See yasyeme viśve, and yasyeme himavanto.
yāṃ viśvakarmā nijaghāna methim # AVP.2.72.3a.
te bhīmāny āyudhā # RV.9.61.30a; SV.2.130a.
yāteva bhīmas tveṣaḥ samatsu # RV.1.70.11b. With interpolations: yāteva bhīmo viṣṇur na tveṣaḥ samatsu kratur na Aś.6.3.1c.
yāṃ devāḥ prajāpatigṛhapataya ṛddhim arādhnuvaṃs tām ṛddhiṃ rātsyāmaḥ # AB.5.25.13; Aś.8.13.10.
yābhiḥ kaṇvaṃ medhātithim # RV.8.8.20a.
yābhir vyaśvam uta pṛthim āvatam # RV.1.112.15c.
bhīmādaduṣo gṛhe # AVś.12.4.48d.
yāvān agniś ca pṛthivī ca tāvaty asya mātrā tāvatīṃ ta etāṃ mātrāṃ dadāmi (HG. mātrā tāvān asya mahimā) # ApMB.2.19.14; HG.2.13.1.
yāvān ādityaś ca dyauś ca tāvaty asya mātrā tāvatīṃ ta etāṃ mātrāṃ dadāmi (HG. mātrā tāvān asya mahimā) # ApMB.2.19.16; HG.2.13.1.
yāvān vāyuś cāntarikṣaṃ ca tāvaty asya mātrā tāvatīṃ ta etāṃ mātrāṃ dadāmi (HG. mātrā tāvān asya mahimā) # ApMB.2.19.15; HG.2.13.1.
yugāny ubhayatomukhīm # ViDh.88.4b.
yuvor hi yantraṃ himyeva vāsasaḥ # RV.1.34.1c.
ye ke ca jmā mahino ahimāyāḥ # RV.6.52.15a; KS.13.15a; Aś.2.9.14; 3.7.10. P: ye ke ca jmā KS.20.15; śś.6.10.6; Rvidh.2.22.6.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"him" has 97 results
avadhimatobject of limit; confer, compare दूरे चेदवधिमान् अवधेर्भवति Kāś. on P.V.3.37.
cidasthimālāname of a commentary on the Laghusabdendusekhara by Vaidyanatha Payagunde,one of the distinguished disciples of Nagesabhatta.
anunāsika(a letter)uttered through the nose and mouth both, as different from anusvāra which is uttered only through the nose. confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिकःP.I.1.8, and Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). thereon. The anunāsika or nasal letters are the fifth letters of the five classes ( id est, that is ङ्, ञ्, ण्, न्, म् ) as also vowels अ, इ, उ and semivowels when so pronounced, as ordinarily they are uttered through the mouth only; ( exempli gratia, for example अँ, आँ, et cetera, and others or य्यँ, व्वँ, ल्लँ et cetera, and others in सय्यँन्ता, सव्वँत्सरः, सँल्लीनः et cetera, and others) The अनुनासिक or nasalized vowels are named रङ्गवर्ण and they are said to be consisting of three mātras. confer, compare अष्टौ आद्यानवसानेsप्रगृह्यान् आचार्या आहुरनुनासिकान् स्वरान् । तात्रिमात्रे शाकला दर्शयन्ति Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.63.64; confer, compare also अप्रग्रहाः समानाक्षराणि अनुनासिकानि एकेषाम् T. Pr XV.6. Trivikrama, a commentator on the Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Sūtras, explains अनुनासिक as अनु पश्चात् नासिकास्थानं उच्चारणं एषां इत्यनुनासिकाः । पूर्वं मुखस्थानमुच्चारणं पश्चान्नासिकास्थानमुच्चारणमित्यर्थः । अनुग्रहणात्केवलनासिकास्थानोच्चारणस्य अनुस्वारस्य नेयं संज्ञा । and remarks further पूर्वाचार्यप्रसिद्धसंज्ञेयमन्वर्था । Com. by Tr. on Kat. I 1.13. Vowels which are uttered nasalized by Pāṇini in his works viz. सूत्रपाठ, धातुपाठ, गणपाठ et cetera, and others are silent ones i. e. they are not actually found in use. They are put by him only for the sake of a complete utterance, their nasalized nature being made out only by means of traditional convention. e. g. एध, स्पर्ध et cetera, and others confer, compare उपदेशेSजनुनासिक इत् P.I.3.2; confer, compare also प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः Kāś on I.3.2.
antaraṅgaa highly technical term in Pāṇini's grammar applied in a variety of ways to rules which thereby can supersede other rules. The term is not used by Pāṇini himselfeminine. The Vārtikakāra has used the term thrice ( Sec I. 4. 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8, VI.1.106 Vart.10 and VIII.2.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I) evidently in the sense of immediate', 'urgent', 'of earlier occurrence' or the like. The word is usually explained as a Bahuvrīhi compound meaning 'अन्त: अङ्गानि निमित्तानि यस्य' (a rule or operation which has got the causes of its application within those of another rule or operation which consequently is termed बहिरङ्ग). अन्तरङ्ग, in short, is a rule whose causes of operation occur earlier in the wording of the form, or in the process of formation. As an अन्तरङ्ग rule occurs to the mind earlier, as seen a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., it is looked upon as stronger than any other rule, barring of course अपवाद rules or exceptions, if the other rule presents itself simultaneously. The Vārtikakāra, hence, in giving preference to अन्तरङ्ग rules, uses generally the wording अन्तरङ्गबलीयस्त्वात् which is paraphrased by अन्तरङ्गं बहिरङ्गाद् बलीयः which is looked upon as a paribhāṣā. Grammarians, succeeding the Vārtikakāra, not only looked upon the बहिरङ्ग operation as weaker than अन्तरङ्ग, but they looked upon it as invalid or invisible before the अन्तरङ्ग operation had taken placcusative case. They laid down the Paribhāṣā असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे which has been thoroughly discussed by Nāgeśa in his Paribhāṣendusekhara. The अन्तरङ्गत्व is taken in a variety of ways by Grammarians : (l) having causes of application within or before those of another e. g. स्येनः from the root सिव् (सि + उ+ न) where the यण् substitute for इ is अन्तरङ्ग being caused by उ as compared to guṇa for उ which is caused by न, (2) having causes of application occurring before those of another in the wording of the form, (3) having a smaller number of causes, (4) occurring earlier in the order of several operations which take place in arriving at the complete form of a word, (5) not having संज्ञा (technical term) as a cause of its application, ( 6 ) not depending upon two words or padas, (7) depending upon a cause or causes of a general nature (सामान्यापेक्ष) as opposed to one which depends on causes of a specific nature ( विशेषापेक्ष).
appayadīkṣitaअप्पदीक्षित A famous versatile writer of the sixteenth century A. D. (1530-1600 ), son of रङ्गराजाध्वरीन्द्र a Dravid Brāhmaṇa. He wrote more than 60 smaller or greater treatises mainly on Vedānta, Mimāṁsā, Dharma and Alaṁkāra śāstras; many of his works are yet in manuscript form. The Kaumudi-prakāśa and Tiṅantaśeṣasaṁgraha are the two prominent grammatical works written by him. Paṇdit Jagannātha spoke very despisingly of him.
asiddhainvalid; of suspended validity for the time being: not functioning for the time being. The term is frequently used in Pāṇini's system of grammar in connection with rules or operations which are prevented, or held in suspense, in connection with their application in the process of the formation of a word. The term (असिद्ध) is also used in connection with rules that have applied or operations that have taken place, which are, in certain cases, made invalid or invisible as far as their effect is concerned and other rules are applied or other operations are allowed to take place, which ordinarily have been prevented by those rules which are made invalid had they not been invalidatedition Pāṇini has laid down this invalidity on three different occasions (1) invalidity by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. which makes a rule or operation in the second, third and fourth quarters of the eighth chapter of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. invalid when any preceding rule is to be applied, (2) invalidity by the rule असिद्धवदत्राभात् which enjoins mutual invalidity in the case of operations prescribed in the Ābhīya section beginning with the rule असिद्धवत्राभात् (VI. 4.22.) and going on upto the end of the Pāda (VI.4.175), (3) invalidity of the single substitute for two letters, that has already taken place, when ष् is to be substituted for स्, or the letter त् is to be prefixed, confer, compare षत्वतुकोरसिद्धः (VI. 1.86). Although Pāṇini laid down the general rule that a subsequent rule or operation, in case of conflict, supersedes the preceding rule, in many cases it became necessary for him to set, that rule aside, which he did by means of the stratagem of invalidity given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Subsequent grammarians found out a number of additional cases where it became necessary to supersede the subseguent rule which they did by laying down a dictum of invalidity similar to that of Pāṇini. The author of the Vārttikas, hence, laid down the doctrine that rules which are nitya or antaraṅga or apavāda, are stronger than, and hence supersede, the anitya, bahiraṅga and utsarga rules respectively. Later gram marians have laid down in general, the invalidity of the bahiraṅga rule when the antaraṅga rule occurs along with it or subsequent to it. For details see Vol. 7 of Vvyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya(D. E. Society's edition) pages 217-220. See also Pari. Śek. Pari. 50.
aātmanebhāṣaa technical term used for such roots as speak for the agent himself; the term अात्मनेभाष means the same as the term अात्मनेपदिन्. The term अात्मनेभाष is not mentioned by Pāṇini; but the writer of the Vārtikas explains it, confer, compare आत्मनेभाषपरस्मैभाषयोरुपसंख्यानम् P. VI.3.7 and 8 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1; confer, compare also आत्मनेपदिनश्च धातवो वैयाकरणैरात्मनेभाषशब्देन व्यवह्रियन्ते,Kaiyaṭa on VI.3.7.The term is found in the Atharva-Prātiśākhya. III. 4.7. It cannot be said whether the term came in use after Pāṇini or, although earlier, it belonged to some school other than that of Pāṇini or, Pāṇini put into use the terms Ātmanepada and Parasmaipada for the affixes as the ancient terms Ātmanebhāṣa and Parasmaibhāṣa were in use for the roots.
iṣṭādia class of words headed by the word इष्ट to which the taddhita affix इन् ( इनि ) is added in the sense of अनेन i. e. 'by him' i. e. by the agent of the activity denoted by the past passive voice. participles इष्ट and others; confer, compare इष्टी, यज्ञे, पूर्ती श्राद्धे et cetera, and others Kāś, on P.V.2.88.
uktaprescribed, taught, lit, said (already). उक्तं वा is a familiar expression in the Mahābhāṣya and the Vārttikas referring usually to something already expresseditionSometimes this expression in the Mahābhāṣya, referring to something which is not already expressed, but which could be found subsequently expressed, leads to the conclusion that the Mahābhāṣyakāra had something like a 'Laghubhāṣya' before him at the time of teaching the Mahābhāṣya. See Kielhorn's Kātyāyana and Patañjali, also Mahābhāṣya D.E. S.Ed. Vol. VII, pages 71, 72.
upagrahaa term used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of the Parasmaipada and the Ātmanepada affixes. The word is not found in Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.. The Vārttikakāra has used the word in his Vārttika उपग्रहप्रतिषेधश्च on P. III.2.127 evidently in the sense of Pada affixes referring to the Ātmanepada as explained by Kaiyaṭa in the words उपग्रहस्य आत्मनेपदसंज्ञाया इत्यर्थ: । The word occurs in the Ślokavārttika सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिङ्गनराणां quoted by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on व्यत्ययो बहुलम् P. III. 1.85, where Nāgeśa writes लादेशव्यङ्ग्यं स्वार्थत्वादि । इह तत्प्रतीतिनिमित्ते परस्मै-पदात्मनेपदे उपग्रहशब्देन लक्षणयोच्येते । The word is found in the sense of Pada in the Mahābhāṣya on P. III. 1.40. The commentator on Puṣpasūtra explains the word as उपगृह्यते समीपे पठ्यते इति उपग्रहः. The author of the Kāśikā on P. VI. 2.134 has cited the reading चूर्णादीन्यप्राण्युपग्रहात् instead of चूर्णादीन्यप्राणिषष्ठ्याः and made the remark तत्रेापग्रह इति षष्ठ्यन्तमेव पूर्वाचार्योपचारेण गृह्यते. This remark shows that in ancient times उपग्रह meant षष्ठ्यन्त i. e. a word in the genitive case. This sense gave rise to, or was based upon, an allied sense, viz. the meaning of 'षष्ठी' i. e. possession. Possibly the sense 'possession' further developed into the further sense 'possession of the fruit or result for self or others' referring to the तिङ् affixes which possessed that sense. The old sense 'षष्ठ्यन्त' of the word 'उपग्रह' having gone out of use, and the sense 'पद' having come in vogue, the word षष्ठी' must have been substituted for the word 'उपग्रह' by some grammarians before the time of the Kāśikākāras. As Patañjali has dropped the Sūtra (VI. 2.134), it cannot be said definitely whether the change of reading took place before Patañjali or after him.
upasargapreposition, prefix. The word उसपर्ग originally meant only 'a prefixed word': confer, compare सोपसर्गेषु नामसु Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 38. The word became technically applied by ancient Sanskrit Gratmmarians to the words प्र, परा, अप, सम् et cetera, and others which are always used along with a verb or a verbal derivative or a noun showing a verbal activity; confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I. 4.59. 'These prefixes are necessariiy compounded with the following word unless the latter is a verbal form; confer, compare कुगतिप्रादयः P.II. 2.18. Although they are not compounded with a verbal form, these prepositions are used in juxtaposition with it; sometimes they are found detached from the verbal form even with the intervention of one word or more. The prefixes are instrumental in changing the meaning of the root. Some scholars like Śākaṭāyana hold the view that separated from the roots, prefixes do not express any specific sense as ordinary words express, while scholars like Gārgya hold the view that prefixes do express a sense e. g. प्र means beginning or प्रारम्भ; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः । नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति । उच्चावचाः पदार्था भवन्तीति गार्ग्यः । तद्य एषु पदार्थः प्राहुरिमं तं नामाख्यातयोरर्थविकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 8. It is doubtful, however, which view Pāṇini himself held. In his Ātmanepada topic, he has mentioned some specific roots as possessing some specific senses when preceded by some specific prefixes (see P. I. 3.20, 24, 25, 40, 4l, 46, 52, 56, et cetera, and others), which implies possibly that roots themselves possess various senses, while prefixes are simply instrumental in indicating or showing them. On the other hand, in the topic of the Karmapravacanīyas,the same words प्र, परा et cetera, and others which, however, are not termed Upasargas for the time being, although they are called Nipātas, are actually assigned some specific senses by Pāṇini. The Vārttikakāra has defined उपसर्ग as क्रियाविशेषक उपसर्गः P. I. 3.I. Vārt 7, leaving it doubtful whether the उपसर्ग or prefix possesses an independent sense which modifies the sense of the root, or without possessing any independent sense, it shows only the modified sense of the root which also is possessed by the root. Bhartṛhari, Kaiyaṭa and their followers including Nāgeśa have emphatically given the view that not only prefixes but Nipātas, which include प्र, परा and others as Upasargas as well as Karmapravacanīyas, do not denote any sense, but they indicate it; they are in fact द्योतक and not वाचक. For details see Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3, Vākyapadīya II. 190, Mahābhāṣya on I. 3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7 and Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya has discussed the question in XII. 6-9 where, as explained by the commentator, it is stated that prefixes express a sense along with roots or nouns to which they are attachedition It is not clear whether they convey the sense by denotation or indication, the words वाचक in stanza 6 and विशेषकृत् in stanza 8 being in favour of the former and the latter views respectively; cf उपसर्गा विंशतिरर्थवाचकाः सहेतराभ्यामितरे निपाताः; क्रियावाचकभाख्यातमुपसर्गो विशेषकृत्, सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. st. 6 and 8. For the list of upasargas see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 6, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 15, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI.24, and S. K. on P. I.4.60.
kartṛvedanāexperience (of something) by the agent himself; confer, compare सुखादिभ्यः कर्तृवेदनायाम् P. III.1.18
kavikalpadrumaṭīkāa commentary on the Kavikalpadruma, written by the author ( बोपदेव ) himselfeminine. It is known by the name Kāvyakāmadhenu; (2) a commentary on Kavikalpadruma by Rāmatarkavāgīśa.
kātantraparibhāṣāpāṭhaname given to a text consisting of Paribhāṣāsūtras, believed to have been written by the Sūtrakāra himself as a supplementary portion to the main grammar. Many such lists of Paribhāṣāsūtras are available, mostly in manuscript form, containing more than a hundred Sūtras divided into two main groups-the Paribhāṣā sūtras and the Balābalasūtras. See परिभाषासंग्रह edition by B. O. R. I. Poona.
kātantravṛttiname of the earliest commentary on the Kātantra Sūtras ascribed to Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti.. The commentary was once very popular as is shown by a number of explanatory commentaries written upon it, one of which is believed to have been written by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. himselfeminine. See Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti..
kātyāyanathe well-known author of the Vārttikas on the sūtras of Pāṇini. He is also believed to be the author of the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya and many sūtra works named after him. He is believed to be a resident of South India on the strength of the remark प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्याः made by Patañjali in connection with the statement 'यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु' which is looked upon as Kātyāyana's Vārttika. Some scholars say that Vararuci was also another name given to him, in which case the Vārttikakāra Vararuci Kātyāyana has to be looked upon as different from the subsequent writer named Vararuci to whom some works on Prakrit and Kātantra grammar are ascribedition For details see The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pages I93-223 published by the D. E.Society, Poona.See also वार्तिकपाठ below.
kārakavivekaknown as कारकवाद also; a short work on the meaning and relation of words written by Jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya who lived in the beginning of the eighteenth century. The work forms the concluding portion of a larger work called कारकविवेक which was written by शिरोमणिभट्टाचार्य.. The work कारकवाद has a short commentary written by the author himselfeminine.
kārtikeyathe original instructor of the Kātantra or Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Grammar, to Śarvavarman who composed the Sūtras according to inspiration received by him. The Kātantra, hence, has also got the name Kaumara Vyākaraṇa.
kaiyaṭaname of the renowned commentator on the Mahābhāṣya, who lived in the 11th century. He was a resident of Kashmir and his father's name was Jaiyaṭa. The commentary on the Mahābhāṣya was named महाभाष्यप्रदीप by him, which is believed by later grammarians to have really acted as प्रदीप or light, as without it, the Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali would have remained unlit, that is unintelligible, at several places. Later grammarians attached to प्रदीप almost the same importance as they did to the Mahābhāṣya and the expression तदुक्तं भावकैयटयोः has been often used by commentators. Many commentary works were written on the Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.out of which Nageśa's Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.is the most popular. The word कैयट came to be used for the word महाभाष्यप्रदीप which was the work of Kaiyaṭa. For details see Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona, Vol. VII. pp. 389-390.
koṇḍabhaṭṭaa reputed grammarian who wrote an extensive explanatory gloss by name Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa on the Vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikā of Bhaṭṭoji Dīkṣita. Another work Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra. which is in a way an abridgment of the Bhūṣaṇa, was also written by him. Koṇḍabhaṭṭa lived in the beginning of the l7th century. He was the son of Raṅgojī and nephew of Bhaṭṭojī Dīkṣita. He was one of the few writers on the Arthavicāra in the Vyākaraṇaśāstra and his Bhūṣaṇasāra ranks next to the Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Besides the Bhūṣaṇa and Bhūṣaṇasāra, Koṇḍabhaṭṭa wrote two independent works viz. Vaiyākaraṇsiddhāntadīpika and Sphoṭavāda.
kṣīrataraṅgiṇīsaṃketaan abridgment of क्षीरतरङ्गिणी by the author himselfeminine. See क्षीरतरङ्गणी.
gaṇapāṭhathe mention individually of the several words forming a class or gaṇa, named after the first word said to have been written by Pāṇini himself as a supplementary work to his great grammar called Aṣṭaka or Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., the Sikṣā,the Dhātupātha and the Lingānuśāsana being the other ones. Other grammarians such as शाकटायन, अापिशलि and others have their own gaṇapāthās. The gaṇapāthā is traditionally ascribed to Pāṇini; the issue is questioned, however, by modern scholars. The text of the gaṇapāṭha is metrically arranged by some scholars. The most scholarly and authoritative treatise on gaṇapāṭha is the Gaṇaratnamahodadhī of Vardhamāna.
gaṇaratnamahodadhiṭīkāalso called गणरत्नमहोदधिवृति, a commentary on the गणरत्नमहोदधि of Vardhamāna written by the author himselfeminine. See गणरत्नमहोदधि.
goṇikāputraa grammarian whose wiew in connection with the correctness of the expressions नेताश्वस्य स्त्रुघ्नं and नेताश्वस्य स्त्रुघ्नस्य is given by the Mahabhasyakara in the words 'both expressions are justified' ( उभयथा गेणिकापुत्रः ). Nagesa has observed that गेोणिकापुत्र is nobody else but the Mahabhasyakara himself; confer, compare गोणिकापुत्रः भाष्यकार इत्याहुः । NageSa's Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Mahabhasyapradipa on P. I. 4.5I.
gonardīyaliterally inhabitant of Gonarda which was the name of a district. in the province of Oudh in the days of the Mahabhasyakara according to some scholars. Others believe that Gonarda was the name of the district named Gonda at present The expression गोनर्दीय अाह occurs four times in the Mahabhasya where it refers to a scholar of grammar in Patafijali's time; cf M.Bh. on I. 1.21 ; I. 1.29; III. I.92; VII. 2.101. As Kaiyata paraphrases the words गेानर्दीयस्त्वाह as भाष्यकारस्त्वाह, scholars say that गेीनर्दीय was the name taken by the Mahabhasyakara himself who was a resident of Gonarda. Hari Diksita, however, holds that गोनर्दीय was the term used for the author of the . Varttikas; confer, compare Brhacchabdaratna.
candraa famous Buddhist Sanskrit grammarian whose grammar existing in the Tibetan script, is now available in the Devanagar script. The work consists of six chapters or Adhyayas in which no technical terms or sanjnas like टि, घु are found. There is no section on Vedic Grammar and accents. The work is based on Panini's grammar and is believed to have been written by Candra or Candragomin in the 5th centnry A. D. Bhartrhari in his Vakyapadiya refers to him; confer, compare स नीतो बहुशाखत्वं चन्द्राचार्यादिभिः पुनः Vakyapadiya II. 489. A summary of the work is found in the Agnipurana, ch. 248-258.
cāṅgusūtraa treatise on the grammar Written by चाडगुदास in the Sutra form,which was named वैयाकरणजीवातु by him.
cārāyaṇaan ancient grammarian referred to by Patanjali in the Mahabhasya as a scholar who had a line of pupils named after him; confer, compare कम्बलचारायणीयाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.73
jasicase termination अस् of the nominative case. plural mentioned as जस् by Panini in IV. 1.2, but referred to as जसि by him; confer, compare P.IV.1.31 and VII.1.50.
jinendrabuddhia reputed Buddhist Grammarian of the eighth century who wrote a scholarly commentary on the Kasikavrtti ofJayaditya and Vamana. The commentary is called न्यास or काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका and the writer is referred to as न्यासकार in many later grammar works Some scholars identify him with पूज्यपाददेवनन्दिन् the writer of the जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण, but this is not possible as पूज्यपाददेवनन्दिन् was a Jain Grammarian who flourished much earlier.
tadantavidhia peculiar feature in the interpretation of the rules of Panini, laid down by the author of the Sutras himself by virtue of which an adjectival word, qualifying its principal word, does not denote itself, but something ending with it also; confer, compare येन विधिस्तदन्तस्य P.I.1.72.This feature is principally noticed in the case of general words or adhikaras which are put in a particular rule, but which Occur in a large number of subsequent rules; for instance, the word प्रातिपदिकात्, put in P.IV.1.1, is valid in every rule upto the end of chapter V and the words अतः, उतः, यञः et cetera, and others mean अदन्ताद् , उदन्तात् , यञन्तात् et cetera, and others Similarly the words धातोः (P.III.1.91) and अङ्गस्य (P.VI. 4.1 ) occurring in a number of subsequent rules have the adjectival words to them, which are mentioned in subsequent rules, denoting not only those words,but words ending with them. In a large number of cases this feature of तदन्तविधि is not desirable, as it, goes against arriving at the desired forms, and exceptions deduced from Panini's rules are laid down by the Varttikakara and later grammarians; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 16,23, 31 : also Mahabhasya on P.I.1.72.
durvalācāryaa grammarian who wrote a treatise on grammar दुर्वलीयव्याकरण, named after him. Besides this treatise, he has written commentaries on Nagesa's Laghumanjusa and Paribhasendusekhara.
dūṣakaradodbhedaname of a commentary, on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesa, believed to have been written by Gopalacārya Karhadkar, a grammarian of the 19th century and attributed to Bhimacarya. This commentary, which was written to criticize the commentary written by Visnusastri Bhat, was again criticized in reply by Visnusastri Bhat in his Ciccandrika ( चिच्चन्द्रिका ). See विष्णुशास्त्री भट.
dūṣaṇafault, objection; the word is used in connection with a fault found with, or objection raised against an argument advanced by, a writer by his opponent or by the writer himself who replies it to make his argument well established; confer, compareनित्यवादी कार्यपक्षे दूषणमाह-कार्येष्विति Maha. Prad. on P.I. 1.44 Vart.!6. hed; confer, compareनित्यवादी कार्यपक्षे दूषणमाह-कार्येष्विति Maha. Prad. on P.I. 1.44 Vart.!6.
dhātupāṭha(1)name given in general to the several collections of roots given generally with their meanings by grammarians belonging to the various different schools of grammar. These collections are given as necessary appendices named खिल to their grammars by the well known grammarians of Sanskrit such as Panini, Sakatayana, and others; (2) a small treatise on roots written by Bhimasena of the 14th century.
dhāturatnākaraa work dealing with roots believed to have been written by Narayana who was given the title वन्द्य. He lived in the seventeenth century; a work named सारावलि व्याक्ररण is also believed to have been written by him.
narendrasūrian old grammarian believed to have been the original writer of the Sarasvata Vyakarana, on the strength of references to him in the commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana written by क्षेमेन्द्र as also references in the commentary on the Prakriykaumudi by Vitthalesa. He is believed to have lived in the tenth century A;D.
nirlūraname of a grammarian who is believed to have written a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini on the strength of a reference to him in the Nyasa of Jinendrabuddhi; confer, compare वृत्तिः पाणिनीयसूत्राणां विवरणं चुल्लिभट्टिनिर्लूरादिप्रणीतम् Nyasa on I.1.1.
nyāyasaṃgrahaa work enumerating the Paribhāsas in Hemacandra's grammar, numbering 140 nyāyas out of which 57 nyāyas are said to have been given by Hemacandra himself at the end of his comment बृहद्वृत्ति on his Śabdānuśāsana. The work is written by हेमहंसगणि who has added a commentary to it called Nyayārthamaňjūșa by him, which is also known by the name न्यायरत्नमञ्जूषा which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
paṭhanaoral recital, the word is used in connection with the use of words by the author himself in his text which he is supposed to have handed over orally to his disciples, as was the case with the ancient Vedic and Sūtra works; confer, compare the words पठित, पठिष्यते, पठ्यते and the like, frequently used in the Mahābhāșya in connection with the mention of words in the Sūtras of Pāņini.
paṇḍitawriter of Citprabhā, a commentary on the Paribhāșenduśekhara. A commentary on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara is also ascribed to him. He was a Gauda Brāhmaņa whose native place was Kurukșetra. He lived in the beginning of the nineteenth century.
patañjalithe reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.
padaa word; a unit forming a part of a sentence; a unit made up of a letter or of letters, possessed of sense; confer, compare अक्षरसमुदायः पदम् । अक्षरं वा । V.Pr. VIII. 46, 47. The word originally was applied to the individual words which constituted the Vedic Samhitā; confer, compare पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17. Accordingly, it is defined in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as ' अर्थः पदम् ' (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 2) as contrasted with ' वर्णानामेकप्राणयोगः संहिता ' (V.Pr.I.158). The definition ' अर्थः पदम् ' is attributed to the ancient grammarian 'Indra', who is believed to have been the first Grammarian of India. Pāņini has defined the term पद as ' सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् ' P.I.4.14. His definition is applicable to complete noun-forms and verb-forms and also to prefixes and indeclinables where a case-affix is placed and elided according to him; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II. 4. 82. The noun-bases before case affixes and taddhita affix. affixes, mentioned in rules upto the end of the fifth adhyāya, which begin with a consonant excepting य् are also termed पद by Pāņini to include parts of words before the case affixes भ्याम् , भिस्, सु et cetera, and others as also before the taddhita affix. affixes मत्, वत् et cetera, and others which are given as separate padas many times in the pada-pātha of the Vedas; confer, compare स्वादिष्वसर्वनामस्थाने P. I. 4. 17. See for details the word पदपाठ. There are given four kinds of padas or words viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात in the Nirukta and Prātiśākhya works; confer, compare also पदमर्थे प्रयुज्यते, विभक्त्यन्तं च पदम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19, वर्णसमुदायः पदम् M.Bh. on I.1.21 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, पूर्वपरयोरर्थोपलब्धौ पदम् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I.1.20, पदशब्देनार्थ उच्यते Kaiyata on P.I.2.42 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; confer, compare also पद्यते गम्यते अर्थः अनेनेति पदमित्यन्वर्थसंज्ञा Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.III. 1.92. The verb endings or affixs ति, तस् and others are also called पद. The word पद in this sense is never used alone, but with the word परस्मै or अात्मने preceding it. The term परस्मैपद stands for the nine affixes तिप्, तस्, ...मस्,while the term आत्मनेपद stands for the nine affixes त, आताम् ... महिङ्. confer, compare ल: परमैपदम्, तङानावात्मनेपदम्. It is possible to say that in the terms परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद also, the term पद could be taken to mean a word, and it is very likely that the words परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद were originally used in the sense of 'words referring to something meant for another' and 'referring to something meant for self' respectively. Such words, of course, referred to verbal forms, roughly corresponding to the verbs in the active voice and verbs in the passive voice. There are some modern scholars of grammar, especially linguists, who like to translate परस्मैपद as 'active voice' and आत्मनेपद as ' passive voice'. Pāņini appears, however, to have adapted the sense of the terms परस्मैपद and आत्मनेपद and taken them to mean mere affixes just as he has done in the case of the terms कृत् and तद्धित. Presumably in ancient times, words current in use were grouped into four classes by the authors of the Nirukta works, viz. (a) कृत् (words derived from roots)such as कर्ता, कारकः, भवनम् et cetera, and others, (b) तद्धित (words derived from nouns ) such as गार्ग्यः , काषायम् , et cetera, and others, (c) Parasmaipada words viz. verbs such as भवति, पचति, and (d) Ātmanepada words id est, that is verbs like एधते, वर्धते, et cetera, and othersVerbs करोति and कुरुते or हरति and हरते were looked upon as both परस्मैपद words and आत्मनेपद words. The question of simple words, as they are called by the followers of Pāņini, such as नर, तद् , गो, अश्व, and a number of similar underived words, did not occur to the authors of the Nirukta as they believed that every noun was derivable, and hence could be included in the kŗt words.
paribhāṣenduśekharathe reputed authoritative work on the Paribhasas in the system of Paanini's grammar written by Nagesabhatta in the beginning of the 18th century A.D. at Benares. The work is studied very widely and has got more than 25 commentaries written by pupils in the spiritual line of Nagesa. Well-known among these commentaries are those written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde ( called गदा ), by BhairavamiSra ( called मिश्री), by Raghavendraacaarya Gajendragadakara ( called त्रिपथगा ), by Govindacarya Astaputre of Poona in the beginning of the nineteenth century (called भावार्थदीपिका), by BhaskaraSastri Abhyankar of Satara (called भास्करी ), and by M. M. Vaasudevasaastri Abhyankar of Poona (called तत्त्वादर्श ). Besides these, there are commentaries written by Taatya Sastri Patawardhana,Ganapati Sastri Mokaate, Jayadeva Misra, VisnuSastri Bhat, Vishwanatha Dandibhatta, Harinaatha Dwiwedi Gopaalacarya Karhaadkar, Harishastri Bhagawata, Govinda Shastri Bharadwaja, Naarayana Shastri Galagali, Venumaadhava Shukla, Brahmaananda Saraswati, ManisiSeSaSarma,Manyudeva, Samkarabhatta, Indirapati, Bhimacarya Galagali, Madhavacarya Waikaar, Cidrupasraya, Bhimabhatta, LakSminrsimha and a few others. Some of these works are named by their authors as Tikaas, others as Vyaakhyaas and still others as Tippanis or Vivrtis.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāyaguṇḍa,pāyaguṇḍeA learned pupil of Nāgeśabhațța who lived in Vārǎņasī in the latter half of the 18th century A.D. He was a renowned teacher of Grammar and is believed to have written commentaries on many works of Nāgeśa, the famous among which are the 'Kāśikā' called also 'Gadā' on the Paribhāșenduśekhara,the'Cidasthimālā' on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara and the 'Chāyā' on the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.Bālambhațța Pāyaguņde, who has written a commentary on the Mitākșarā (the famous commentary on the Yajňavalkyasmŗti), is believed by some as the same as Vaidyanātha: while others say that Bālambhațța was the son of Vaidyanātha.
puruṣottamadevaa famous grammarian believed to have been a Buddhist, who flourished in the reign of Lakșmaņasena in the latter half of the twelfth century in Bengal. Many works on grammar are ascribed to him, the prominent ones among which are the Bhāșāvŗtti and the Paribhāșāvŗtti, the Gaņavŗtti and the Jñapakasamuccaya and a commentary on the Mahābhāșya called Prāņapaņā of which only a fragment is available. Besides these works on grammar, he has written some lexicographical works of which Hārāvalī, Trikāņdaśeșa, Dvirūpakosa, and Ekaaksarakosa are the prominent ones. The Bhasavrtti has got a lucid commentary on it written by Srstidhara.
pūrvatrāsiddhavacanathe dictum of Panini about rules in his second, third and fourth quarters (Padas) of the eighth Adhyaya being invalid to (viz. not seen by) all the previous rules in the first seven chapters and the first quarter of the eighth as laid down by him in the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. The rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् is taken also as a governing rule id est, that is अधिकार laying down that in the last three quarters also of his grammar, a subsequent rule is invalid to the preceding rule. The purpose of this dictum is to prohibit the application of the rules in the last three quarters as also that of a subsequent rule in the last three quarters, before all such preceding rules, as are applicable in the formation of a word, have been given effect to; confer, compare एवमिहापि पर्वेत्रासिद्धवचनं अादेशलक्षणप्रतिषेधार्थमुत्सर्गलक्षणभावार्थं च M.Bh. on P. VIII.2.1 Vart. 8.
pūrvasthānikaa variety of antarangatva mentioned by Nagesa in the Paribhasendusekhara, where an operation, affecting a part of a word which precedes that portion of the word which is affected by the other operation, is looked upon as antaranga; e. g. the टिलोप in स्रजिष्ठ ( स्रग्विन् + इष्ठ ) is looked upon as अन्तरङ्ग with respect to the elision of विन् which is बहिरङ्ग. This kind of antarangatva is, of course, not admitted by Nagesa although mentioned by him; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 50,
prātipadikaliterallyavailable in every word. The term प्रातिपादिक can be explained as प्रतिपदं गृह्णाति तत् प्रातिपदिकम् cf P.IV. 4. 39. The term प्रातिपदिक, although mentioned in the Brahmana works, is not found in the Pratisakhya works probably because those works were concerned with formed words which had been actually in use. The regular division of a word into the base ( प्रकृति ) and the affix ( प्रत्यय ) is available, first in the grammar of Panini, who has given two kinds of bases, the noun-base and the verb-base. The noun-base is named Pratipadika by him while the verb-base is named Dhatu. The definition of Pratipadika is given by him as a word which is possessed of sense, but which is neither a root nor a suffix; confer, compare अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् . P.I. 2.45. Although his definition includes, the krdanta words,the taddhitanta words and the compound words, still, Panini has mentioned them separately in the rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च P. I. 2.45 to distinguish them as secondary noun-bases as compared with the primary noun-bases which are mentioned in the rule अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम्, Thus,Panini implies four kinds of Pratipadikas मूलभूत, कृदन्त, तद्धितान्त and समास, The Varttikakara appears to have given nine kinds-गुणवचन, सर्वनाम, अव्यय, तद्धितान्त, कृदन्त, समास, जाति, संख्या and संज्ञा. See Varttikas 39 to 44 on P. I. 4. 1. Later on, Bhojaraja in his SringaraPrakasa has quoted the definition अर्थवदधातु given by Panini, and has given six subdivisions.: confer, compare नामाव्ययानुकरणकृत्तद्धितसमासाः प्रातिपदिकानि Sr. Prak. I. page 6. For the sense conveyed by a Pratipadika or nounbase, see प्रातिपदिकार्थ.
prauḍhamanoramāpopularly called मनोरमा also; the famous commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi of Bhattoji Diksita written by the author himself to explain fully in a scholarly manner the popular grammar written by him; , the word प्रौढमनेारमा is used in contrast with बालमनोरमा another commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi by Vasudevadiksita. On account of the difficult nature of it, it is usual to read the प्रौढमनेारमा upto the end of the Karaka-prakarana only in the Sanskrit PathaSalas before the study of the Sabdendusekhara and the Paribhsendusekhara is undertaken.
prauḍhamanoramākhaṇḍana(1)a grammatical work written by a grammarian named Cakrapani of the Sesa family of grammarians. The work is meant to refute the arguments of Bhattoji Diksita in his Praudhamanorama; (2) a grammar work written by the famous poet and rhetorician Jagannātha in refutation of the doctrines and explanations given in the Praudhamanorama by the stalwart Grammarian Bhattoji Diksita. The work is not a scholarly one and it has got a tone of banter. It was written by Jagannatha to show that he could also write works on Grammar and the bearded pedant Bhattoji should not be proud of his profound scholarship in Grammar. The work of Jagannatha was named मनोरमाकुचमर्दन possibly by his followers or even by himselfeminine.
phiṭsūtraa small work on accents attributed to Santanava,an ancient Vedic scholar who lived before Patanjali if not before Panini, as the latter has not referred to him. There is an anonymous commentary upon it.
bālaṃbhaṭṭa( बाळंभट्ट )surnamed Payagunda or Payagunde, who has written a commentary on the commentary Mitaksara on the याज्ञवल्क्यस्मृति. Some scholars say that he was also a great grammarian and identical with वैद्यनाथ पायगुंडे who has written the commentary काशिका or गदा on the Paribhasendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the Laghusabdendusekhara and commentaries on the Vaiyakaranabhusana,Sabdakaustubha and Bhasyapradipoddyota. Other scholars believe that Balambhatta was the son of Vaidyanatha and that he wrote only the commentary on Mitaksara called Balambhatti after him. (2) There was also a comparatively modern grammarian of Tanjore who has written small grammar works बालबोधिनी and बालरञ्जनी.
bṛhacchabdaratnaa learned commentary on the commentary मनोरमा of भट्टोजीदीक्षित; the commentary was written by हरिदीक्षित the grandson of Bhattoji. The work is called बृहच्छब्दरत्न in contrast with the लघुशब्दरत्न of the same author (हरिदीक्षित) which is generally studied at the Pathasalas all over the country. The work बृहच्छब्दरत्न is only in a Manuscript form at present. Some scholars believe that it was written by Nagesabhatta, who ascribed it to his preceptor Hari Diksita, but the belief is not correct as proved by a reference in the Laghusabdaratna, where the author himself remarks that he himself has written the बृहच्छब्दरत्न, and internal evidences show that लबुशब्दरत्न is sometimes a word-forword summary of the बृहच्छब्दरत्न. confer, compareविस्तरस्तु अस्मत्कृते बृहच्छब्दरत्ने मदन्तेवासिवृतलधुशब्देन्दुशेखरे च द्रष्टव्यः Laghusabdaratna. For details see Bhandarkar Ins. Journal Vol. 32 pp.258-60.
bṛhatsaṃjñāthe same as महत्संज्ञा or महती संज्ञा; a bigger terminology as contrasted with लघुसंज्ञा brief terminology such as टि, घु, भ et cetera, and others for which (latter) Panini is very particular. The bigger terms such as सर्वनाम, अात्मनेपद, परस्मैपद and others are evidently borrowed by Panini from the ancient grammarians who lived before him.
bhāṣāvṛttia short gloss on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini in the l2th century by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva, a reputed scholar belonging to the Eastern school of grammarians which flourished in Bengal and Behar in the 10th, 11th and 12th centuries, The gloss is very useful for beginners and it has given a clear explanation of the different sūtras without going into difficult niceties and discussions. The treatise does not comment upon Vedic portions or rules referring to Vedic Language because, as the legend goes, king Lakṣmaṇa Sena, for whom the gloss was written, was not qualified to understand Vedic Language; confer, compare वैदिकभाषानर्हत्वात् Com. on Bhāṣāvṛtti by Sṛṣṭidhara. There is a popular evaluation of the Bhāṣāvṛtti given by the author himself in the stanza "काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत्सिद्धान्तं बोद्धुमस्ति धीः ! तदा विचिन्त्यतां भ्रातर्भाषावृत्तिरियं मम " at the end of his treatise; for details see पुरुषोत्तमदेव.
bhāṣyaa learned commentary on an original work, of recognised merit and scholarship, for which people have got a sense of sanctity in their mind; generally every Sūtra work of a branch of technical learning (or Śāstra) in Sanskrit has got a Bhāṣya written on it by a scholar of recognised merit. Out of the various Bhāṣya works of the kind given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., the Bhāṣya on the Vyākaraṇa sūtras of Pāṇini is called the Mahābhāṣya, on the nature of which possibly the following definition is based "सूत्रार्थो वर्ण्यते यत्र पदैः सूत्रानुकारिभिः| स्वपदानि च वर्ण्यन्ते भाष्यं भाष्यविदो विदुः ।" In books on Sanskrit Grammar the word भाष्य is used always for the Mahābhāṣya. The word भाष्य is sometimes used in the Mahābhāṣya of Patanjali (confer, compare उक्तो भावभेदो भाष्ये III.3.19, IV.4.67) where the word may refer to a work like लघुभाष्य which Patañjali may have written, or may have got available to him as written by somebody else, before he wrote the Mahābhāṣya.
bhīmabhaṭṭawriter of the commentary, named भैमी after him, on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa.
bhojathe well-known king of Dhārā who was very famous for his charities and love of learning. He flourished in the eleventh century A.D. He is said to have got written or himself written several treatises on various śāstras. The work Sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇa which is based on the Astādhyāyi of Pāṇini, but which has included in it the Vārttikas and Paribhāṣās also, has become in a way a Vyākaraṇa or a general work in grammar and can be styled as Bhoja-Vyākaraṇa.
manoramā(1)the popular name given to the commentary प्रौढमनेारमा on the Siddhāntakaumudī of भट्टोजीदीक्षित by the author himself the commentary is a scholarly one and very extensive; and its first portion only upto the end of Kāraka is generally read in the Sanskrit Pāṭhaśālās;(2) name of a commentary on the Madhyasiddhāntakaumudī by Rāmasarman; (3) name given to a treatise discussing roots given in the Kātantra Grammar written by रमानाथशर्मा in the sixteenth century. The work is called कातन्त्रधातुवृत्ति also.
metreyarakṣitaa recognised scholar of Paninis' grammar who belonged to the Eastern part of India and fourished in the beginning of the twelfth century. As it appears from the name Maitreya Raksita he appears to have been a Buddhist grammarian. Subsequent writers in their works refer to him by the name Raksita alone, as also by the name Maitreya, but very rarely by the name Maitreya Raksita.He wrote many works on grammar of which the 'tantrapradipa'a learned commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Nyasa on Kasika was a reputed one, which, although available in a fragmentary manuscript form today, has been profusely quoted by prominent grammarians after him.
yuvanliterally young person; masculine; the word is given as a technical term in grammar in the sense of one, who is the son of the grandson or his descendant, provided his father is alive; the term is also applied to a nephew, brother, or a paternal relative of the grandson or his descendant, provided his elderly relative, if not his his father, is alive; it is also applied to the grandson, in case respect is to be shown to him: confer, compare P. IV. 1.163-167. The affixes prescribed in the sense of युवन् are always applied to a word ending with a taddhita affix. affix applied to it in the sense of an offspring (अपत्य) or grandson (गोत्र), in spite of the ruling that in the sense of grandson or his descendant (गोत्र), one affix only इञ् or अण् or the like is added to the base; exempli gratia, for example गार्ग्यस्यापत्यं गार्ग्यायण:, दाक्षेरपत्यं दाक्षाय्ण: गार्ग्ये जीवति तस्य भ्राता सपिण्डो वा गाम्यार्यण: तत्रभवान् गार्ग्यः; गार्ग्यायणो वा.
laghunyāsa(1)short writing, brief putting in, brief expression; confer, compare सोयमेवं लघुना न्यासेन सिद्धे et cetera, and others; (2) the word is given as a name to a grammatical work, written by देवेन्द्रसूरि on the शब्दानुशासन of Hemacandra, possibly in contrast with the बृहन्न्यास written by Hemacandra himself or with Kāśikāvivaranapańjikā popularly called न्यास written by Jinendrabuddhi on the Kāśikāvŗti of Jayāditya and Vāmana. See न्यास.
ghumañjūṣāname of an independent work on the meaning of words and their interpretation written by Nāgeśa of which the परमलघुमञ्जूषा is a popular short extract by the author himselfeminine.
varadarājaa scholar of grammar and a pupil of Bhattoji Diksita who flourished in the end of the seventeenth century and wrote abridgments of the Siddhanta-kaumudi for beginners in grammar named लघुसिद्धान्तकौमुदी and मध्यसिद्धान्तकौमुदी as also धातुकारिकावली and गीर्वाणपदमञ्जरी. The work under the name सारसिद्धान्तकौमुदी, which is the shortest abridgment, is, in fact, the लघुसिद्धान्तकौमुदी itselfeminine. It is possible that the auother first prepared the सारसिद्धान्तकौमुदी and then, he himself or a pupil of his, put additional necessary matter and prepared the Laghusiddhanta-kaumudi.
vararuci(1)a reputed ancient grammarian who is identified with Katyayana, the prominent author of the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. Both the names वररुचि and कात्यायन are mentioned in commentary works in connection with the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and it is very likely that Vararuci was the individual name of the scholar, and Katyayana his family name. The words कात्य and कात्यायन are found used in Slokavarttikas in the Mahabhasya on P.III.2.3 and III.2.118 where references made are actually found in the prose Varttikas (see कविधेो सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III. 2. 3 Vart and स्मपुरा भूतमात्रे न स्मपुराद्यतने P.III.2.118 Vart. 1)indicating that the Slokavarttikakara believed that the Varttikas were composed by Katyayana. There is no reference at all in the Mahabhasya to Vararuci as a writer of the Varttikas; there is only one reference which shows that there was a scholar by name Vararuci known to Patanjali, but he was a poet; confer, compare वाररुचं काव्यं in the sense of 'composed' ( कृत and not प्रोक्त ) by वररुचि M.Bh. on P. IV. 2.4. ( 2 ) वररुचि is also mentioned as the author of the Prakrta Grammar known by the name प्राकृतप्रकाश or प्राकृतमञ्जरी, This वररुचि, who also was कात्यायन by Gotra name, was a grammarian later than Patanjali, who has been associated with Sarvvarman, (the author of the first three Adhyayas of the Katantra Sutras), as the author of the fourth Adhyaya. Patanjali does not associate वररुचि with Kityayana at alI. His mention of वररुचि as a writer of a Kavya is a sufficient testimony for that. Hence, it appears probable that Katyayana, to whom the authorship of the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya and many other works allied with Veda has been attributed, was not associated with Vararuci by Patanjali, and it is only the later writers who identified the grammarian Vararuci,who composed the fourth Adhyaya of the Katantra Grammar and wrote a Prakrit Grammar and some other grammar' works, with the ancient revered Katyayana, the author of Varttikas, the Vijasaneyi Pratisakhya and the Puspasutra; (3) There was a comparatively modern grammariannamed वररुचि who wrote a small treatise on genders of words consisting of about 125 stanzas with a commentary named Lingavrtti, possibly written by the author himselfeminine. (4) There was also another modern grammarian by name वररुचि who wrote a work on syntax named प्रयोगमुखमण्डन discuss^ ing the four topics कारक, समास, तद्धित and कृदन्त.
vardhamāna(1)a long vowel;(2)name of a famous ]ain grammarian, disciple of Govindasuri, who lived in the beginning of the twelfth century A.D.and wrote a metrical work on ganas or groups of words in grammar, named गणरत्नमहोदधि, and also a commentary on it. The work consists of 8 chapters and has got some commentaries besides the well-known one by the author himselfeminine. He also wrote two other works on grammar कातन्त्रविस्तर and क्रियागुप्तक as also a few religious books.
vākyapadīyaṭīkāname of a commentary on Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya written by Punyaraja on the first and the second Kanda. Some scholars hold the view that the commentary on the first knda was written by Bhartrhari himselfeminine.
vārtikapāṭhathe text of the Varttikas as traditionally handed over in the oral recital or in manuscripts As observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.(see वार्त्तिक),although a large number of Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya are ascribed to Katyayana, the genuine Varttikapatha giving such Varttikas only, as were definitely composed by him, has not been preserved and Nagesa has actually gone to the length of making a statement like " वार्तिकपाठ: भ्रष्टः" ; confer, compare . Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on P.I.l.I2 Varttika 6.
vivaraṇacritical comment; a name given by a writer of commentary works to a critical commentary work written by him; e. g. काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका ( न्यास ) by Jinendrabuddhi, भाष्यप्रदीपविवरण ( उद्द्योत ) by Nāgeśa, as also लघुशब्देन्दुशेखरविवरण by Bhāskaraśastrī Abhyankar.
vaidyanāthaVaidyanatha Payagunde, a famous grammarian of the eighteenth century, who was one of the chief pupils of Nagesa and who prepared a line of pupils at Varanasi. He has written learned commentaries on standard works on grammar, the principal ones being the Prabha on the Sabdakaustubha, the Bhavaprakasika on the Brhaccabdendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the LaghuSabdendusekhara, the Kasika or Gada on the Paribhasendusekhara and an independent short treatise named Rapratyaya-khandana
veyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāraa slightly abridged form of the Vaiyakaranabhusana by the author Kondabhatta himself for students and beginners. It consists of the same number of fourteen chapters as the main treatise, which are given the name Nirnaya. See vaiyākaranabhusana.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikāa very scholarly work by Bhattoji Diksita on the interpretation of words and sentences, based upon the learned discussions on that subject introduced in the Mahabhasya, Vakyapadiya, Pradipa, et cetera, and others and discussed fully in his Sabdakaustubha by the author himselfeminine. The work although scholarly and valuable, is compressed in only 72 verses ( karikas ) and has to be understood with the help of the Vaiyakaranabhusana or BhuSansara written by Kondabhatta, the nephew of the author. See वैयाकरणभूषण and वैयाकरणभूषणसार.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakaimudīan extremely popular work on the subject of Sanskrit grammar written for the use of students, which, although difficult at a few places, enables the students by its careful study to get a command over the subject. and enable him to read other higher works on grammar. The work is based on the Astadhyayi of Panini without omitting a single Sutra. The arrangement of the Sutras is, entirely different, as the author, for the sake of facility in understanding, has divided the work into different topics and explained the Sutras required for the topic by bringing them together in the topic. The main topics or Prakaranas are twelve in number, viz. (1) संज्ञापरिभाषा, (2) पञ्चसंधि, (3) सुबन्त or षड्लिङ्ग, (4) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, (5) कारक, (6) समास, (7) तद्धित, (8) तिङन्त, (9) प्रक्रिया, (10) कृदन्त, (11) वैदिकी and (12) स्वर which are sometimes styled as व्याकरणद्वादशी. The work is generally known by the term सिद्धान्तकौमुदी, or even कौमुदी, and it has got a large number of scholarly and ordinary commentaries as also commentaries on commentaries, all numbering a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. twelve, and two abridgments the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi. The work was written by the reputed scholar Bhattoji Diksita of Varanasi in the seventeenth century. See Bhattoji Diksita.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakaumudīṭīkāor सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या a general name given to the large number of commentaries written by members of the line of pupils, and pupils of pupils of Bhattoji. The well-known among the commentaries are प्रौढमनोरमा by the author himself, तत्त्वबोधिनी by ज्ञानेन्द्रसरस्वती, सुबोधिनी by जयकृष्णभट्ट मौनी बालमनोरमा by वासुदेवदीक्षित, and crowning all, the लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेशभट्ट. The प्रौढमनोरमा has got a learned commentary written by हरिदीक्षित called लघुशब्दरत्न or शब्दरत्न, which also has on it commentaries named भावप्रक्राश by बाळंभट्ट and शब्दरत्नदीप by कल्याणमल्ल. The Laghusabdendusekhara has got commentaries reaching about ten in number.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntamañjūṣāa well-known work on the syntax and denotation of words written by Nagesabhatta which is popular by the name Laghumanjusha. The Paramalaghumanjusha is an abridgment of this work by the author himselfeminine.
vyutpattipakṣathe view that every word is derived from a suitable root as contrasted with the other view viz. the अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष. The grammarians hold that Panini held the अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष,id est, that is the view that not all words in a language can be derived but only some of them can be so done, and contrast him (id est, that isPanini) with an equally great grammarian Sakatayana who stated that every word has to be derived: confer, compare न्यग्रोधयतीति न्यग्रोध इति व्युत्पत्तिपक्षे नियमार्थम् ! अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष विध्यर्थम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.VII.3.6.
śaṃkarabhaṭṭaname of a grammarian of the eighteenth century who wrote a commentary, called शांकरी after him, on Nagesa's Paribhasendusekhara.
śabdakaustubhaa treatise on grammar, critically explaining and discuss ing the meaning of Panini's Sutras in the order of the author himselfeminine. the work is written by Bhattoji Diksita and is mainly based on the Mahabhasya.
śabdānuśāsanaliterally science of grammar dealing with the formation of words, their accents, and use in a sentence. The word is used in connection with standard works on grammar which are complete and self-sufficient in all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned features. Patanjali has begun his Mahabhasya with the words अथ शब्दानुशासनम् referring possibly to the vast number of Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and hence the term शब्दानुशासन according to him means a treatise on the science of grammar made up of the rules of Panini with the explanatory and critical varttikas written by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras.The word शब्दानुशासन later on, became synonymons with Vyakarana and it was given as a title to their treatises by later grammarians, or was applied to the authoritative treatise which introduced a system of grammar, similar to that of Panini. Hemacandra's famous treatise, named सिद्धहैमचन्द्र by the author,came to be known as हैमशब्दानुशासन. Similarly the works on grammar written by पाल्यकीर्तिशाकटायन and देवनन्दिन् were called शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and जैनेन्द्र' शब्दानुशासन respectively.
śarvavarmāa reputed grammarian who is believed to have been a contemporary of the poet Gunadhya in the court of Satavahana. He wrote the Grammar rules which are named the Katantra Sutras which are mostly based on the Sutras of Panini. In the grammar treatise named 'the Katantra Sutra' written by Sarvavarman the Vedic section and all the intricacies and difficult elements are carefully and scrupulously omitted by him, with a view to making his grammar useful for beginners and students of average intelligence.
śālāturīyaname of the great grammarian Panini given to him on account of his being an inhabitant of शलातुर् an old name of the modern Lahore or a name of a place near Lahore; confer, compare P IV.3.14
śeṣādria grammarian of the seventeenth century who has written a work, Paribhasabhaskara, on the Paribhasas of the Panini system; the treatise is written in the manner of Siradeva's Paribhasavrtti which has been taken as a basis by him.
śrīdharaa grammarian of the last century who has written a commentary named श्रीधरी after him, on the Paribhasendusekhara.
ṣoḍaśakārikāan anonymous work consisting of only 16 stanzas discussing the denotation of words and that of the case-relations with a commentary by the author himselfeminine.
sattāexistence, supreme or universal existence the Jati par excellence which is advocated to be the final sense of all words and expressions in the language by Bhartrhari and other grammarians after him who discussed the interpretation of words. The grammarians believe that the ultimate sense of a word is सत्ता which appears manifold and limited in our everyday experience due to different limitations such as desa, kala and others. Seen from the static viewpoint, सत्ता appears as द्रब्य while, from the dynamic view point it appears as a क्रिया. This सत्ता is the soul of everything and it is the same as शव्दतत्त्व or ब्रह्मन् or अस्त्यर्थ; confer, compare Vakyapadiya II. 12. The static existence, further, is . called व्यक्ति or individual with reference to the object, and जाति with reference to the common form possessed by individuals.
sarvavarmanspelt as शर्वबर्मन् also, the reputed author of the Katantra Vyakarana. He is believed to have been a contemporary of the poet Gunadbya at the Satavahana court, and to have revised and redacted the Katantra Sutras already existing for the benefit of his patron. With him began the Katantra school of grammar, the main contribution to which was made by दुर्गसिंहृ who wrote a scholarly gloss on the Katantra Sutras. For details see कातन्त्र,
siddhahemacandraa title given to his grammar by Hemacandra himself, which subsequently came to be called हैमशब्दानुशासन or हैमव्याकरण. For details see हेमचन्द्र.
siddhāntakaumudīa critical and scholarly commentary on the Sutras of Panini, in which the several Sutras are arranged topicwise and fully explained with examples and counter examples. The work is exhaustive, yet not voluminous, difficult yet popular, and critical yet lucid. The work is next in importance to the Mahabhasya in the system of Panini, and its study prepares the way for understanding the Mahabhasya. It is prescribed for study in the courses of Vyakarana at every academy and Pathasala and is expected to be committed to memory by students who want to be thorough scholars of Vyakarana.By virtue of its methodical treatment it has thrown into the back-ground all kindred works and glosses or Vrttis on the Sutras of Panini. It is arranged into two halves, the first half dealing with seven topics ( 1 ) संज्ञापरिभाषा, ( 2 ) पञ्त्वसंधि, ( 3 ) षड्लिङ्ग, ( 4 ) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, ( 5 ) कारक, ( 6 ) समास, ( 7 ) तद्धित, and the latter half dealing with five topics, ( 1 ) दशगणी, ( 2 ) द्वादशप्राक्रिया ( 3 ) कृदन्त ( 4 ) वैदिकी and ( 5 ) स्वर. The author भट्टोजीदीक्षित has himself written a scholarly gloss on it called प्रौढमनेरमा on which, his grandson, Hari Diksita has written a learned commentary named लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got a large number of commentaries on it out of which, the commentaries प्रौढमनेरमा, बालमनोरमा, (by वासुदेवदीक्षित) तत्त्वबोधिनी and लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर are read by almost every true scholar of Vyakarana. Besides these four, there are a dozen or more commentaries some of which can be given below with their names and authors ( I ) सुबेाधिनी by जयकृष्णमौनि, ( 2 ) सुबोधिनी by रामकृष्णभट्ट ( 3 ) वृहृच्छब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेश, ( 4 ) बालमनेारमा by अनन्तपण्डित, ( 5 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरहृस्य by नीलकण्ठ, ( 6 ) रत्नार्णव, by कृष्णमिश्र ( 7 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरत्नाकर by रामकृष्ण, ( 8 ) सरला by तारानाथ,(9) सुमनोरमा by तिरुमल्ल,(10)सिद्वान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by लक्ष्मीनृसिंह, (11 )सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by विश्वेश्वरतीर्थ, (12) रत्नाकर by शिवरामेन्द्रसरस्वती and (13) प्रकाश by तोलापदीक्षित. Although the real name of the work is वैयाकरणसिद्धान्ततकौमुदी, as given by the author, still popularly the work is well known by the name सिद्धान्तकौमुदी. The work has got two abridged forms, the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi both written by Varadaraja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita.
siddhāntasārasvataan independent work on grammar believed to have been written by Devanandin. सिद्धान्तिन् a term used in connection with the writer himself of a treatise when he gives a reply to the objections raised by himself or quoted from others,the term पूर्वपाक्षिन् being used for the objector. सिद्धि formation of a word: establishment of the correct view after the removal of the objection; e. g. संज्ञासिद्वि, कार्यसिाद्व, स्वरसिद्धि. सिप् (1) the personal ending ( सि ) of the second person singular (मध्यमपुरुषैकवचन ) substituted for the affix ल्; of the ten tenses and moods लट्, लिट्, लृट् and others; confer, compare P.III.4.78: (2 Vikarana affix स् added to a root before the affixes of लेट् or Vedic Subjunctive. सिम् a technical term used in the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya for the first eight vowels of the alphabet, viz. अ, आ, इ, ई, उ, ऊ, ऋ and ऋ: confer, compare सिमादितोष्टौ स्वराणाम् V. Pr.. I.44.
svara(l)vowel, as contrasted with a consonant which never stands by itself independently. The word स्वर is defined generally :as स्वयं राजन्ते ते स्वराः ( Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on pan. The word स्वर is always used in the sense of a vowel in the Pratisakhya works; Panini however has got the word अच् (short term or Pratyahara formed of अ in 'अइउण्' and च् at the end of एऔच् Mahesvara sutra 4 ) always used for vowels, the term स्वर being relegated by him to denote accents which are also termed स्वर in the ancient Pratisakhyas and grammars. The number of vowels, although shown differently in diferent ancient works, is the same, viz. five simple vowels अ,इ,उ, ऋ, लृ, and four diphthongs ए, ऐ, ओ, and अौ. These nine, by the addition of the long varieties of the first four such as आ, ई, ऊ, and ऋ, are increased to thirteen and further to twentytwo by adding the pluta forms, there being no long variety for लृ and short on for the diphthongs. All these twentytwo varieties have further subdivisions, made on the criterion of each of them being further characterized by the properties उदात्त, अनुदIत्त and स्वरित and निरनुनासिक and सानुनासिक. (2) The word स्वर also means accent, a property possessed exclusively by vowels and not by consonants, as they are entirely dependent on vowels and can at the most be said to possess the same accent as the vowel with which they are uttered together. The accents are mentioned to be three; the acute ( उदात्त ), the grave अनुदात्त and the circumflex (स्वरित) defined respectively as उच्चैरुदात्तः, नीचैरनुदात्तः and समाहारः स्वरितः by Panini (P. I. 2.29, 30,3l). The point whether समाहार means a combination or coming together one after another of the two, or a commixture or blending of the two is critically discussed in the Mahabhasya. (vide Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.31). There are however two kinds of svarita mentioned by Panini and found actually in use : (a) the independent स्वरित as possessed by the word स्वर् (from which possibly the word स्वरित was formed) and a few other words as also many times by the resultant vowel out of two vowels ( उदात्त and अनुदात्त ) combined, and (b) the enclitic or secondary svarita by which name, one or more grave vowels occurring after the udatta, in a chain, are called cf P. VIII. 2.4 VIII. 2.6 and VIII 4.66 and 67. The topic of accents is fully discussed by the authors of the Pratisakhyas as also by Panini. For details, see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 1.19; T.Pr. 38-47 Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 108 to 132, II. I.65 Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. Adhyaya l padas 1, 2, 3 and Rk. Tantra 51-66; see also Kaiyata on P. I. 2.29; (3) The word स्वर is used also in the sense of a musical tone. This meaning arose out of the second meaning ' accent ' which itself arose from the first viz. 'vowel', and it is fully discussed in works explanatory of the chanting of Samas. Patanjali has given Seven subdivisions of accents which may be at the origin of the seven musical notes. See सप्तस्वर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
haria short form used for भर्तृहरि, the stalwart grammarian Bhartrhari,by later grammarians and commentators in their references to him. See the word भर्तृहरि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
harirāma( इरिराम केशव काळे )a modern grammarian who has written a commentary named Ksika on Kondabhatta's Vaiyakaranabhusanasara. He lived in the second half of the eighteenth century and the commentary Kasika was written by him in 1797, He is said to have been a pupil of the great grammarian BhairavamiSra.
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
haimabṛhadavṛttia gloss written on the Haima Sabdanusasana sutrapatha by Hemacandra himselfeminine. See हेमचन्द्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
haimalaghuvṛttia short gloss on the Sabdanusasana, written by Hemacandra himselfeminine. See हेमचन्द्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
Vedabase Search
Results for him721 results
hima by coldSB 7.5.43-44
hima chillingSB 12.8.18-20
hima coolSB 10.29.45-46
hima severe coldSB 10.3.33
hima snowSB 10.84.32-33
SB 7.12.20
hima-adreḥ of the Himālaya MountainsSB 12.8.17
hima-adreḥ of the Himālaya MountainsSB 12.8.17
hima-ambhaḥ very cold waterSB 5.12.2
hima-ambhaḥ very cold waterSB 5.12.2
hima-mardanam destroying coldSB 3.26.40
hima-mardanam destroying coldSB 3.26.40
hima-nirjhara from the icy mountain waterfallSB 4.25.18
hima-nirjhara from the icy mountain waterfallSB 4.25.18
himaiḥ and snowSB 12.2.10
himālaya the Himalayan MountainsCC Adi 10.87
himālayaḥ the Himālayan mountainsBG 10.25
himālayaḥ the HimalayasSB 11.16.21
himālayam the Himālaya MountainsSB 12.9.30
himālayam towards the Himalaya MountainsSB 1.13.30
himān and snowSB 10.22.31-32
himasya of snowSB 11.23.55
himavān the Himalaya MountainsSB 1.12.22
himavān iva like the Himalaya MountainsSB 4.22.59
himavān iva like the Himalaya MountainsSB 4.22.59
himavat HimalayanSB 4.10.5
himavat-vatsāḥ making the Himalayas the calfSB 4.18.25
himavat-vatsāḥ making the Himalayas the calfSB 4.18.25
himavataḥ of the Himalaya MountainsSB 1.13.51
SB 4.25.13
himavataḥ of the HimalayasSB 4.7.58
kuru-bala-abdhim the ocean of the military strength of the KurusSB 1.15.14
bhava-abdhim the ocean of material existenceSB 4.9.11
abdhim to the ocean of milkSB 8.6.38
abdhim the ocean of milkSB 8.7.1
abdhim the ocean of milkSB 8.7.13
bhava-abdhim the great ocean of nescienceSB 10.2.30
abdhim into the oceanSB 10.87.16
abdhim the oceanSB 11.4.21
abdhim the oceanSB 11.20.17
abdhim the oceanSB 12.3.5
mahā-abdhim great oceanCC Adi 9.1
abhimāna-ābhāsena with the apparent conception of having a body of material elementsSB 5.6.7
abhimāna from the misconceptionSB 3.25.16
abhimāna-śūnyaḥ without erroneous conceptionsSB 5.1.16
abhimāna-ābhāsena with the apparent conception of having a body of material elementsSB 5.6.7
nara-deva-abhimāna-madena by madness due to having the body of a king and thus being proud of itSB 5.10.24
abhimāna false prestigeSB 5.14.27
abhimāna by self-conceptionSB 5.25.1
abhimāna-jam based on false identificationSB 10.20.42
jyeṣṭha-kaniṣṭha-abhimāna considering Themselves the elder or youngerCC Adi 5.154
abhimāna conceptionCC Adi 6.42
abhimāna-sukhe in the happiness of that conceptionCC Adi 6.43
dāsa-abhimāna the conception of being His servantCC Adi 6.52
dāsī-abhimāna the conception of being maidservantsCC Adi 6.65-66
bhakta-abhimāna to think oneself a devoteeCC Adi 6.88
abhimāna conceptionCC Adi 6.89
bhakta-abhimāna the conception of being a devoteeCC Adi 6.99
abhimāna desireCC Adi 13.120
abhimāna kari I am supposed to do soCC Adi 16.33
dāsa-abhimāna conception as the eternal servantCC Madhya 1.28
abhimāna prideCC Madhya 7.147
abhimāna an impressionCC Madhya 9.138
abhimāna it was her conceptionCC Madhya 16.57
gela abhimāna false prestige has gone awayCC Madhya 18.203
gopa-abhimāna thinking Himself a cowherd boyCC Madhya 20.177
abhimāna the conceptionCC Madhya 24.201
tāńra dāsa-abhimāna considering Yourself His servantCC Madhya 25.81
baḍa abhimāna great prideCC Antya 4.68
abhimāna kari are proudCC Antya 4.89
abhimāna conceptionCC Antya 4.184
bālaka-abhimāna considering My sonsCC Antya 4.185
abhimāna prideCC Antya 7.53
antarera abhimāna internal prideCC Antya 7.117
indrera abhimāna the pride of IndraCC Antya 7.118
kari abhimāna am falsely proudCC Antya 7.123
abhimāna chāḍi' giving up false pride or false conceptionsCC Antya 7.136
abhimāna-pańka the mud of false prideCC Antya 7.167
kari' abhimāna with an offended state of mindCC Antya 12.34
abhimāna conceptionCC Antya 14.14
abhimāna prideCC Antya 16.125
jīva-abhimāna conception as a conditioned soulCC Antya 20.31
dāsī-abhimāna considering His maidservantCC Antya 20.59
abhimāna prideNBS 64
abhimāna prideNBS 65
abhimānaḥ conceitBG 16.4
abhimānaḥ false identificationSB 3.6.25
abhimānāḥ whose false egoSB 3.32.10
asambhāvita-deha-abhimānaḥ not identified with the bodySB 5.9.9-10
abhimānaḥ the false egoSB 5.11.9
nija-abhimānaḥ having a conception of false prestigeSB 5.12.5-6
abhimānaḥ false conceptionSB 7.1.25
abhimānaḥ false conceptionSB 7.1.25
abhimānāḥ considering themselves separate authoritiesSB 8.3.30
abhimānaḥ the function of false egoSB 11.12.19
abhimānaḥ who is falsely identifyingSB 11.28.16
nara-deva-abhimānam King Rahūgaṇa, who thought himself the rulerSB 5.10.8
abhimānam false identificationSB 7.15.42
kṛta-nija-abhimānasya who accepted the calf as his own sonSB 5.8.8
asamāropita-aham-mama-abhimānatvāt from not accepting the misconception of 'I and mine'SB 5.5.30
kṛṣṇa-dāsa-abhimāne under this impression of being a servant of KṛṣṇaCC Adi 6.44
abhimāne prideCC Madhya 6.96
abhimāne false prideCC Madhya 6.236
abhimānena by misconceptionSB 3.32.12-15
abhimānena by the false conceptionSB 7.1.24
abhimānena by false identificationSB 10.16.42-43
abhimānī too much absorbedSB 4.28.5
guṇa-abhimānī identified with the modes of natureSB 4.29.26-27
abhimānī so widely respected all over the worldSB 5.15.9
tat-abhimānī regarding himself as the killed or the killerSB 10.4.22
manuṣya abhimānī presents Himself as an ordinary human beingCC Antya 5.142
dāsī-abhimānī considering herself a maidservantCC Antya 20.60
abhimāni of those who are proudNBS 27
abhimāninaḥ in charge ofSB 3.29.44
abhimāninaḥ the presiding deity of fireSB 4.1.60
sat-abhimāninaḥ considering themselves saintlySB 11.5.14
vijña-abhimāninām who think of themselves as full of scientific knowledgeSB 6.16.61-62
abhimānine thinking of himselfSB 6.17.10
bhakta-abhimānine considering Himself a devotee of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 18.25
abhimantrayet he should perform purification by chantingSB 11.27.22
abhimantritaḥ was addressedSB 4.9.45
tat-abhimantritam consecrated by the mantra of Bhadra KālīSB 5.9.16
abhimanyamānaḥ being full of prideSB 5.24.16
abhimanyante hanker forSB 10.64.36
abhimanyate he thinksSB 3.27.2
na abhimanyate does not go to attackSB 4.24.56
ābhimanyavaḥ the son of AbhimanyuSB 1.18.5
abhimanyeta may acceptSB 7.14.8
abhimanyu-sutam the son of AbhimanyuSB 1.4.9
abhimanyu-sutaḥ son of AbhimanyuSB 1.17.45
abhimanyuḥ AbhimanyuSB 9.22.33
sādhu-abhimanyunā by the hero AbhimanyuSB 3.3.17
abhimarśa lamentingSB 1.7.13-14
abhimarśa by the touchSB 6.11.12
abhimarṣa by the angerSB 9.10.20
kṛṣṇa-abhimarśa by the touch of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.33.8
abhimarśa with touchingSB 10.33.16
keśa-abhimarśam insult by grabbing her hairSB 3.1.7
tat-abhimarśana by contact with His limbsSB 5.25.5
abhimarśanaḥ overcomingSB 7.1.34
abhimarśanaḥ massagingSB 10.86.43
abhimarśanam touchingSB 10.33.26-27
abhimarśatu should touchSB 10.52.39
abhimarśinaḥ and touchSB 10.70.43
abhimarśitāḥ contactedSB 10.16.5
rudra-abhimarśitam devastated by VīrabhadraSB 4.7.48
kṛṣṇera abhimata the desire of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 22.125
abhimatāḥ belovedSB 3.20.52
abhimataḥ desiredSB 3.32.27
abhimataḥ the ultimate goalSB 4.24.54
abhimataḥ approvedSB 10.58.44
abhimataḥ favoredSB 10.71.10
abhimataiḥ as desired bySB 1.11.22
abhimatam desireSB 4.8.59-60
abhimatam desiredSB 7.9.52
abhimatam accepted bySB 8.7.20
abhimatam agreeableSB 10.58.36
abhimatān the desiredSB 7.3.35
abhimatāt for which one has affectionSB 3.28.39
abhimatāt intimately connectedSB 3.28.40
abhimatayā which is preferredSB 11.3.48
abhimatayaḥ the functions of false egoSB 10.23.23
mithyā-abhimateḥ deluded by false egoSB 3.29.5
vīta-abhimateḥ who has completely forsaken the bodily concept of lifeSB 5.10.25
abhimateḥ from AbhimatiSB 6.6.10-11
āḍhya-abhimatiḥ proud because of wealthSB 5.26.36
abhimatim identificationSB 4.29.76-77
abhimattānām who became intoxicatedSB 11.30.13
abhimatyā with the egoSB 3.26.69
abhimatyā by a false conceptionSB 6.16.35
abhimene dedicatedSB 2.7.18
abhimṛśan massagingSB 10.52.29
abhimṛśanti they considerSB 10.87.26
vṛtra-gadā-abhimṛṣṭaḥ struck by the club in Vṛtrāsura's handSB 6.11.11
abhimṛṣṭāḥ touchedSB 10.15.8
abhimṛṣṭaḥ touchedSB 10.64.6
karaja-abhimṛṣṭāḥ touched by Your fingernailsCC Madhya 24.206
abhimṛśya touchingSB 10.48.4
abhimṛśya touchingSB 10.56.29-30
abhimukhāḥ towardsBG 11.28
abhimukhaḥ towardsSB 3.8.33
abhimukhaḥ approachingSB 3.30.14
abhimukhaḥ readySB 4.20.20
vijaya-abhimukhaḥ one who is about to start for victorySB 4.23.36
abhimukhaḥ in front of himselfSB 10.37.3
abhimukham towardsSB 1.8.17
abhimukham favorably facingSB 2.9.16
prasāda-abhimukham always prepared to offer causeless mercySB 4.8.45
abhimukham face to faceSB 4.25.31
abhimukham looking forwardSB 4.25.38
abhimukham facing towardSB 5.22.1
abhimukham in front ofSB 9.6.18
abhimukham face to faceSB 10.43.10
abhimukham toward HimSB 11.30.41
abhimukham facing the chariotSB 12.11.49
abhimukhān towardsSB 1.8.12
abhimukhān all facing the DeitySB 11.27.29
abhimukhau ready to giveSB 12.8.39
abhimukhe in front ofSB 2.7.47
abhimukhe in frontSB 7.2.20
ābhimukhyam the inclinationMM 28-29
abhivṛddhim increaseCC Adi 4.131
abuddhimān not very intelligentSB 8.19.19
ādhim sufferingsSB 1.18.18
ādhim all griefSB 4.9.49
adhim distresses of the mindSB 4.25.42
ādhim mental painSB 10.21.17
ādhim mental distressSB 10.41.28
ādhim of the mental painSB 10.46.3
ādhim the cause (false ego)SB 11.13.33
adhimakha during the great sacrificial ceremonySB 1.15.10
adhimakhaḥ enjoyer of the results of all sacrificesSB 4.9.15
adhimakhāya unto Him who is the enjoyer of all sacrificesSB 3.9.18
adhimanyamānaḥ one who thinks of the greatest of all achievementsSB 1.19.5
adhimathyamānaḥ being kindled by frictionSB 11.12.18
ādhimūlam the root cause of your tribulationsSB 1.16.24
adhimūlam the root causeSB 5.18.14
āḍhya-abhimatiḥ proud because of wealthSB 5.26.36
advaita-mahimā the glories of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 6.115
asamāropita-aham-mama-abhimānatvāt from not accepting the misconception of 'I and mine'SB 5.5.30
ahim a snakeSB 7.8.29
ahim a serpentSB 9.4.48
yathā ahim as it follows a snakeSB 9.4.50
ahim (the illusion of) a snakeSB 10.14.28
ahim the serpentSB 10.16.2
ahim the serpentSB 10.16.31
ahim a snakeSB 12.8.29
ambudhim the oceanSB 10.14.24
ānaka-dundubhim to VasudevaSB 10.84.34
ānakadundubhim ĀnakadundubhiSB 9.24.27
ānakadundubhim VasudevaSB 10.62.18-19
ānanda-nidhim the ocean of blissSB 2.1.39
tat-vīrya-mahimā-ańkitaiḥ which indicated the glorious activities of the LordSB 8.21.6-7
antarādhim some disease withinSB 1.16.19
antarera abhimāna internal prideCC Antya 7.117
mahimā apāra unlimited gloriesCC Adi 6.113
apatya-buddhim the idea of being your sonSB 11.5.49
buddhimān-arthe by the meaning of intelligentCC Madhya 24.91
asamāropita-aham-mama-abhimānatvāt from not accepting the misconception of 'I and mine'SB 5.5.30
asambhāvita-deha-abhimānaḥ not identified with the bodySB 5.9.9-10
atithim although an uninvited guestSB 9.4.36
atithim who, being an uninvited guestSB 9.4.45
ātma-mahimā glories of the Lord HimselfSB 2.7.26
ātma-dyota-guṇaiḥ channa-mahimne unto You whose glories are covered by Your personal energySB 10.10.33
avikuṇṭha-mahimānam whose glories are unobscuredSB 3.31.14
baḍa abhimāna great prideCC Antya 4.68
kuru-bala-abdhim the ocean of the military strength of the KurusSB 1.15.14
bālaka-abhimāna considering My sonsCC Antya 4.185
bhagavat-nābhim the abdominal navel of the gigantic form of the Personality of GodheadSB 3.6.29
bhagavat-mahimā-upabṛṃhitam accompanied by the glories of the Supreme LordSB 5.4.11-12
bhakta-abhimāna to think oneself a devoteeCC Adi 6.88
bhakta-abhimāna the conception of being a devoteeCC Adi 6.99
bhakta-mahimā the glories of the devoteesCC Madhya 12.186
bhakta-abhimānine considering Himself a devotee of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 18.25
bhaktera mahimā the glories of a devoteeCC Madhya 15.118
bhaktera mahimā the glories of a devoteeCC Madhya 15.118
bhava-abdhim the ocean of material existenceSB 4.9.11
bhava-abdhim the great ocean of nescienceSB 10.2.30
buddhim intelligenceBG 3.2
buddhim intelligenceBG 12.8
buddhim intelligenceSB 1.18.26
buddhim intelligenceSB 3.6.23
pārakya-buddhim differentiationSB 4.7.53
buddhim intelligenceSB 4.29.5
ku-buddhim who is addicted to the path of saṃsāraSB 5.5.17
buddhim the intelligenceSB 7.8.2
buddhim intelligenceSB 7.12.29-30
buddhim decisionSB 8.2.31
buddhim intelligenceSB 10.6.24
buddhim the attitudeSB 10.38.18
apatya-buddhim the idea of being your sonSB 11.5.49
buddhim intelligenceSB 11.7.32
buddhim mindSB 11.7.54
buddhim knowledgeSB 11.9.24
buddhim concept of realitySB 11.10.11
paśu-buddhim animalistic mentalitySB 12.5.2
buddhim intelligenceSB 12.7.8
buddhimān-arthe by the meaning of intelligentCC Madhya 24.91
buddhimān jana the intelligent personCC Madhya 24.93
buddhimanta khān Buddhimanta KhānCC Adi 10.74
buddhimanta khāń Buddhimanta KhāńCC Madhya 3.153-155
buddhimanta-khāńna Buddhimanta KhānCC Antya 10.9-11
buddhimanta-khāńnera of Buddhimanta KhānCC Antya 10.121
caitanya-mahimā the glory of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 2.118
kṛṣṇa-caitanya-mahimā the glories of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 5.3
caitanya-mahimā the glories of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 3.87
abhimāna chāḍi' giving up false pride or false conceptionsCC Antya 7.136
ātma-dyota-guṇaiḥ channa-mahimne unto You whose glories are covered by Your personal energySB 10.10.33
kṛṣṇa-dāsa-abhimāne under this impression of being a servant of KṛṣṇaCC Adi 6.44
dāsa-abhimāna the conception of being His servantCC Adi 6.52
dāsa-abhimāna conception as the eternal servantCC Madhya 1.28
tāńra dāsa-abhimāna considering Yourself His servantCC Madhya 25.81
dāsī-abhimāna the conception of being maidservantsCC Adi 6.65-66
dāsī-abhimāna considering His maidservantCC Antya 20.59
dāsī-abhimānī considering herself a maidservantCC Antya 20.60
asambhāvita-deha-abhimānaḥ not identified with the bodySB 5.9.9-10
dekhimu I shall seeCC Antya 10.128
dekhimu I shall seeCC Antya 11.33
nara-deva-abhimānam King Rahūgaṇa, who thought himself the rulerSB 5.10.8
nara-deva-abhimāna-madena by madness due to having the body of a king and thus being proud of itSB 5.10.24
dhik vidhim condemnation to Vidhi, the maker of my destinyCC Antya 19.35
iṣu-dhim the quiver holding His arrowsSB 12.11.14-15
jala-dhim the oceanCC Antya 3.181
draḍhimnaḥ because of steadfastnessSB 1.13.29
ānaka-dundubhim to VasudevaSB 10.84.34
ātma-dyota-guṇaiḥ channa-mahimne unto You whose glories are covered by Your personal energySB 10.10.33
eteka mahimā so much valueCC Antya 16.57
vṛtra-gadā-abhimṛṣṭaḥ struck by the club in Vṛtrāsura's handSB 6.11.11
gela abhimāna false prestige has gone awayCC Madhya 18.203
gopa-abhimāna thinking Himself a cowherd boyCC Madhya 20.177
govinda-mahimā of the glories of Lord GovindaCC Madhya 9.239-240
granthim knotSB 3.24.4
granthim the knotSB 3.24.18
granthim the knotSB 4.11.30
hṛdaya-granthim the knot of the heartsSB 5.5.8
hṛdaya-granthim the knot within the heartSB 5.25.8
granthim hard knotSB 8.24.47
hṛdaya-granthim the knot of the heart (false identification with the material body)SB 11.3.47
guṇa-abhimānī identified with the modes of natureSB 4.29.26-27
guṇa-mahimā glories of transcendental attributesCC Adi 5.234
guṇa-mahimā the glory of the attributesCC Adi 6.36
ātma-dyota-guṇaiḥ channa-mahimne unto You whose glories are covered by Your personal energySB 10.10.33
niṣadhaḥ hema-kūṭaḥ himālayaḥ three mountains named Niṣadha, Hemakūṭa and HimālayaSB 5.16.9
niṣadhaḥ hema-kūṭaḥ himālayaḥ three mountains named Niṣadha, Hemakūṭa and HimālayaSB 5.16.9
hṛdaya-granthim the knot of the heartsSB 5.5.8
hṛdaya-granthim the knot within the heartSB 5.25.8
hṛdaya-granthim the knot of the heart (false identification with the material body)SB 11.3.47
indrera abhimāna the pride of IndraCC Antya 7.118
īśa-vidhim by the providential arrangementSB 8.7.8
iṣu-dhim the quiver holding His arrowsSB 12.11.14-15
jahima we abandonedSB 10.65.11-12
jala-dhim the oceanCC Antya 3.181
jaladhim the ocean of salt waterSB 5.17.8
jaladhim the ocean of salt waterSB 5.17.9
jaladhim the oceanMM 12
abhimāna-jam based on false identificationSB 10.20.42
buddhimān jana the intelligent personCC Madhya 24.93
jīva-abhimāna conception as a conditioned soulCC Antya 20.31
mahimā-jñāna knowledge of the greatnessCC Adi 2.118
sat-sańga-mahimāra jñāne knowledge of the greatness of association with a great devoteeCC Madhya 24.229
jyeṣṭha-kaniṣṭha-abhimāna considering Themselves the elder or youngerCC Adi 5.154
ki kahimu what shall I sayCC Antya 5.49-50
ki kahimu what shall I sayCC Antya 15.21
jyeṣṭha-kaniṣṭha-abhimāna considering Themselves the elder or youngerCC Adi 5.154
karaja-abhimṛṣṭāḥ touched by Your fingernailsCC Madhya 24.206
abhimāna kari I am supposed to do soCC Adi 16.33
abhimāna kari are proudCC Antya 4.89
kari abhimāna am falsely proudCC Antya 7.123
kari' abhimāna with an offended state of mindCC Antya 12.34
mahā-mahimā-kathana description of great gloriesCC Adi 17.321
mahimā kathana discussion of the gloriesCC Antya 4.101
keśa-abhimarśam insult by grabbing her hairSB 3.1.7
buddhimanta khān Buddhimanta KhānCC Adi 10.74
buddhimanta khāń Buddhimanta KhāńCC Madhya 3.153-155
buddhimanta-khāńna Buddhimanta KhānCC Antya 10.9-11
buddhimanta-khāńnera of Buddhimanta KhānCC Antya 10.121
ki tāńre mahimā what glory do I speak about HimCC Adi 5.126
ki kahimu what shall I sayCC Antya 5.49-50
ki kahimu what shall I sayCC Antya 15.21
tāńra kṛpāra mahimā glory of His mercyCC Adi 5.158
kṛpāra mahimā the glory of the mercyCC Antya 16.76
kṛṣṇa-abhimarśa by the touch of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.33.8
kṛṣṇa-caitanya-mahimā the glories of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 5.3
kṛṣṇa-dāsa-abhimāne under this impression of being a servant of KṛṣṇaCC Adi 6.44
kṛṣṇa-nāmera mahimā the glories of the holy name of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Antya 1.101
kṛṣṇera abhimata the desire of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 22.125
kṛta-nija-abhimānasya who accepted the calf as his own sonSB 5.8.8
ku-buddhim who is addicted to the path of saṃsāraSB 5.5.17
kuru-bala-abdhim the ocean of the military strength of the KurusSB 1.15.14
niṣadhaḥ hema-kūṭaḥ himālayaḥ three mountains named Niṣadha, Hemakūṭa and HimālayaSB 5.16.9
laghimā becoming lighter than the lightestSB 11.15.4-5
laghimānam the mystic perfection laghimāSB 11.15.12
laghim with easeSB 10.44.34
lańghimu shall disobeyCC Antya 4.37
loka-vidhim the law of nature (that everyone dies)SB 7.2.37
nara-deva-abhimāna-madena by madness due to having the body of a king and thus being proud of itSB 5.10.24
mādhurya-mahimā the glories of the sweetnessCC Antya 17.67
mahā-abdhim great oceanCC Adi 9.1
mahā-mahimā-kathana description of great gloriesCC Adi 17.321
mahim the principle of matterSB 2.1.35
mahim the gloriesSB 8.8.4
mahimā gloriesSB 1.5.9
mahimā the gloriesSB 2.6.18
ātma-mahimā glories of the Lord HimselfSB 2.7.26
mat-mahimā My transcendental gloriesSB 3.4.13
mahimā gloriesSB 3.6.38
mahimā gloriesSB 3.12.1
mahimā glorySB 3.23.38
mahima gloriesSB 4.16.2
bhagavat-mahimā-upabṛṃhitam accompanied by the glories of the Supreme LordSB 5.4.11-12
sva-mahima in His personal glorySB 5.5.30
mahima of gloriesSB 6.9.39
mahima-ojasā with glory and strengthSB 6.19.5
mahimā gloriesSB 8.8.9
tat-vīrya-mahimā-ańkitaiḥ which indicated the glorious activities of the LordSB 8.21.6-7
mahimā gloriesSB 9.5.7
mahimā gloriesSB 9.20.23
mahimā the gloriesSB 9.21.2
mahimā the potencySB 10.14.6
mahimā the greatnessSB 10.14.33
mahimā becoming greater than the greatestSB 11.15.4-5
mahimā the gloriesSB 12.10.39
sva-mahima in His own glorySB 12.11.24
praṇaya-mahimā the greatness of the loveCC Adi 1.6
mahimā greatnessCC Adi 2.27
mahimā gloryCC Adi 2.110
caitanya-mahimā the glory of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 2.118
mahimā-jñāna knowledge of the greatnessCC Adi 2.118
mahimā the gloriesCC Adi 2.119
mahimā the gloriesCC Adi 2.119
mahimā the gloriesCC Adi 3.53
mahimā the gloryCC Adi 4.58
praṇaya-mahimā the greatness of the loveCC Adi 4.230
kṛṣṇa-caitanya-mahimā the glories of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 5.3
mahimā yāńhāra the glories of whomCC Adi 5.47
ki tāńre mahimā what glory do I speak about HimCC Adi 5.126
nityānanda-mahimā of the glories of Lord NityānandaCC Adi 5.157
tāńra kṛpāra mahimā glory of His mercyCC Adi 5.158
guṇa-mahimā glories of transcendental attributesCC Adi 5.234
yāńhāra mahimā whose gloriesCC Adi 6.6
guṇa-mahimā the glory of the attributesCC Adi 6.36
mahimā apāra unlimited gloriesCC Adi 6.113
advaita-mahimā the glories of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 6.115
tomāra mahimā Your gloriesCC Adi 6.117
mahimā gloriesCC Adi 8.33
mahimā all gloriesCC Adi 8.36
mahimā gloriesCC Adi 10.162
mahimā gloriousCC Adi 11.11
mahimā gloriesCC Adi 17.42
nāma-mahimā glories of the holy nameCC Adi 17.72
mahimā gloriesCC Adi 17.74
mahimā the gloryCC Adi 17.293
mahā-mahimā-kathana description of great gloriesCC Adi 17.321
mahimā gloriesCC Madhya 1.171
mahimā gloriesCC Madhya 1.175
mahimā the gloriesCC Madhya 4.211
mahimā gloriesCC Madhya 5.159
mahimā the greatnessCC Madhya 6.78
mahimā gloriesCC Madhya 7.65
mahimā the glorificationCC Madhya 8.98
mahimā the gloriesCC Madhya 8.104
mahimā gloriesCC Madhya 8.127
tomāra mahimā your gloriesCC Madhya 8.239
mahimā concerning the gloriesCC Madhya 9.28
mahimā gloriesCC Madhya 9.34
mahimā gloriesCC Madhya 9.36
mahimā the gloriesCC Madhya 9.160
govinda-mahimā of the glories of Lord GovindaCC Madhya 9.239-240
mahimā glorificationCC Madhya 10.52
bhakta-mahimā the glories of the devoteesCC Madhya 12.186
prabhura mahimā the glories of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 13.57
mahimā the greatnessCC Madhya 14.60
bhaktera mahimā the glories of a devoteeCC Madhya 15.118
bhaktera mahimā the glories of a devoteeCC Madhya 15.118
mahimā gloriesCC Madhya 17.106
mahimā gloriesCC Madhya 18.11
mahimā gloriesCC Madhya 18.11
mahimā gloriesCC Madhya 18.12
mahimā gloriesCC Madhya 18.126
mahimā the greatnessCC Madhya 19.43
mahimā gloriesCC Madhya 21.28
mahimā of the gloriesCC Madhya 24.34
nāma-mahimā the glories of the holy nameCC Madhya 24.336
kṛṣṇa-nāmera mahimā the glories of the holy name of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Antya 1.101
nāma-mahimā the glories of chanting the holy nameCC Antya 1.122
mahimā the gloriesCC Antya 1.210
tīrthera mahimā the glories of a holy place